All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Below are 35 lies perpetrated and perpetuated by the neo-Nazi Zionists and by Zionist-subverted Australia and other members of the US Alliance West in support of neo-Nazi Apartheid Israel.

As a measure of the success of Zionist lying the results from Google Searches for the indicated phrases in inverted commas are given in brackets. Space does not permit detailed and documented refutation of each Lie here but item #13 gives an example of such refutation.

For an extremely detailed and documented refutation of each of these 35 Zionist lies in an over 9,000-word and 109-reference analysis see Gideon Polya, “Gaza Massacre: 35 Ways Zionist-perverted US, Australia & West Lie For Child-killing, Neo-Nazi Apartheid Israel”, Countercurrents, 23 November 2023.

(1) The Lie that “Israel is a Jewish state” (333,000 Google Search results).

(2) The Lie that “Israel is a democracy” (261,000).

(3)  The Lie that “Israel is a liberal democracy” (54,000).

(4) The Lie that “Israel is the only democracy in the Middle East” (36,000).

(5) The Lie that “Israel has the most moral army” (5,000).

(6) The Lie that “Israel is the home of the Jewish people” (95,000).

(7) The Lie that “Israel is not an apartheid state” (34,000).

(8) The Lie involved in describing the WW2 Jewish Holocaust as “The Holocaust” (47,000,000).

(9) The Lie involved in falsely weaponizing “Anti-Semitism” (25,000,000) against humane critics of Apartheid Israel.

(10) The Lie involved in falsely weaponizing the “Jewish Holocaust” (1,160,000) against humane critics of Apartheid Israel.

(11) The Lies involved in supporting the all-European, anti-Jewish anti-Semitic, anti-Arab anti-Semitic and holocaust-denying “International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance” (159,000) or “IHRA” (2,330, 000).

(12) The Lies involved in supporting the “IHRA definition of antisemitism” (66,000).

(13) The Lie involved in conflating “Zionism” (14,000,000), “Israel” (3,270,000,000) and the “State of Israel” (34,100,000)  with “all Jews” (2,770,000). Refutation: A large body of anti-racist Jews are opposed to the Apartheid and genocidal racism policies of Apartheid Israel. For example, 25% of US Jews surveyed acknowledge that Israel is an Apartheid state.

(14) The Lie that “anti-Zionism is antisemitism” (16,000).

(15) The Lie that “Israel-Nazi comparison” (600) is antisemitism.

(16) The Lie involved in asserting that comments on “Jewish wealth” (77,000) are anti-Semitic.

(17) The Lie that pejorative noting of “Jewish support for Israel” (19,000) is anti-Semitic.

(18) The Lie that support for “Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions” (355,000) aka “BDS” (89,000,000) against Apartheid Israel and all its supporters is anti-Semitic.

(19) The Lie that supporting boycotts of Zionist businesses is akin to the Nazi “boycott of Jewish businesses” (26,000). 

(20) The Lie that asserting “Jewish influence” (269,000) and “Jewish power” (618,000) is anti-Semitic.

(21) The Lie that Jews have a “right to Palestine” (1, 570,000).

(22) The Lie that “Hamas is a terrorist organization” (279,000).

(23) The Lie of a “Hamas terrorist massacre” (2,700) and “Hamas massacre of children” (7,000) on 7 October 2023.

(24) The Lie that opposing a “Jewish state” (5,820,000) in Palestine is anti-Semitic.

(25) The Lie that “Palestine” (497,000,000) and “Palestinians” (568,000,000) do not exist.

(26) The Lie that as an Occupying Power “Israel has the right to defend itself” (270,000) in the Occupied Palestinian Territories.

(27) The Lie that “Palestinian armed resistance” (17,000) is unlawful and terrorism.

(28) The Lie that “Israel is civilized” (2,000).

(29) The Lies that “Hamas is barbaric” (4,000) and “Palestinians are barbaric” (2,000).

(30) The Lie of the false descriptive “Palestinian Territories” (56,400,000) instead of the correct “Occupied Palestinian Territories”  (1,700,000).

(31) The Lie that use of the term “final solution” (17,700,000) is anti-Semitic.

(32) The Lie that “Israeli settlements are legal” (2,000).

(33) The Lie of a “two-state solution” (9,300,000) that is now dead because 90% of Palestine has been ethnically cleansed of Indigenous Palestinians.

(34) The Lie that “anti-Semitism” (25,400,000) and “antisemitism” (65,000,000)  only refer to anti-Jewish prejudice, with this minimizing “anti-Jewish anti-Semitism” (16,800) and ignoring horrendously deadly and ongoing “anti-Arab anti-Semitism” (3,600) in genocidal US wars on Arab and Muslim countries (see the huge books by Gideon Polya, “US-imposed Post-9/11 Muslim Holocaust & Muslim Genocide”, “Body Count. Global avoidable mortality since 1950”, and “Jane Austen and the Black Hole of British History”).  

(35) The massive Lying by Zionists and pro-Zionists that almost completely ignores “anti-racist Jews” (800).

The core ethos of Humanity is Kindness and Truth but this is comprehensively violated by the genocidally racist and mendacious Zionists through

(a) their sustained, genocidal abuse inflicted  on the  sorely oppressed Indigenous Palestinians for a century, and

(b) their sustained, egregious lying  in support of horrendous Nazi-style Israeli abuse and genocide.

Thus, for a particularly horrible  example of this fundamental Zionist perversion, on a per capita basis in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, neo-Nazi Apartheid Israel leads the world in (a) killing children, and (b) killing journalists.

There are 2 kinds of people in the world, those opposing the killing of innocents (notably the Greens and Socialists), and the others. The “others” include the major right-wing Western parties (e.g. the US Democrats and Republicans, the UK Labour and Conservatives, and the  Australian Labor and Coalition) and are utterly unfit for decent company, public life and public office.

Zionism is genocidal racism and Nazism without gas chambers but with 90 nuclear weapons, the blockaded and bombed Gaza Concentration Camp and one of the world’s biggest  high technology militaries and arms industries. 47.3% of Gazans are children and 72.3% women and children

All human rights for all Palestinians! End the Occupation! Free Palestine! From the River to the Sea, Palestine will be free! Ideally there must be a secular and democratic state in Palestine as in post-Apartheid South Africa and involving peace, equal rights for all, zero tolerance for racism, reconciliation, economic justice for all, secular democracy, security, freedom of movement for all, and return of all refugees.

The Occupation and the genocidal mass murder of Occupied Palestinians in Gaza must stop immediately. Decent people around the World must act by

(a) informing everyone they can, and

(b) urging and applying comprehensive Boycotts, Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) against neo-Nazi Apartheid Israel and also against all people, politicians, parties, collectives, corporations and countries supporting genocidally racist, nuclear terrorist, serial war criminal, grossly human rights-abusing, child-, mother- and women-abusing and neo-Nazi Apartheid Israel.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr Gideon Polya taught science students at La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia over 4 decades. He published some 130 works in a 5 decade scientific career, notably a huge pharmacological reference text “Biochemical Targets of Plant Bioactive Compounds”. He has also published “Body Count. Global avoidable mortality since 1950” (2007, 2022) and “Jane Austen and the Black Hole of British History” (1998, 2008, 2023). He has recently published “US-imposed Post-9-11 Muslim Holocaust & Muslim Genocide” (2020), and “Climate Crisis, Climate Genocide & Solutions” (2020), and contributed to Soren Korsgaard (editor) “The Most Dangerous Book Ever Published – Dangerous Deception Exposed!” (2020). For images of Gideon Polya’s huge paintings for the Planet, Peace, Mother and Child see: http://sites.google.com/site/artforpeaceplanetmotherchild/ 

Featured image is from The Unz Review

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Greece has delivered huge amounts of weapons to Ukraine and has vehemently backed sanctions against Russia. In fact, last year, on September 22, Greek Prime Minister Kyriakos Mitsotakis declared in an interview with Bloomberg,

“We’re fighting a war against Russia, and we try to support Ukraine.”

However, over the last year, Greek shipowners have dramatically increased their oil shipments from Russia, creating serious tensions between Athens and Kiev. At the same time, it is recalled that in discussions in the European Union about sanctions against Russia, the Greek prime minister defended them. 

Effectively, Mitsotakis is trying to play both sides of the conflict, committing fully to instructions from the EU and NATO but also protecting the interests of the Greek oligarchs – the shipowners. The protection of Greek shipowners’ interests by Mitsotakis has caused a rift in relations, especially after Kiev published a “blacklist” of the names of important Greek shipowners, most with extremely close ties to the ruling New Democracy party. Ukraine has put up that list because they transport Russian oil.

Kiev has proven, once again, that it is not a reliable partner who coerces EU members into pushing through the adoption of anti-Russian sanctions.

For Greece to approve the previous 11th package of sanctions against Moscow in June, Kiev removed Greek shipping companies from the “International War Sponsors” register of the National Agency on Corruption Prevention (NACP) for the transportation of Russian hydrocarbons. After adopting anti-Russian sanctions, Kiev again included the Greek shipowners in the sanctions list.

Instead of showing gratitude to Greece for providing military and financial assistance, especially given its own military confrontations with Turkey and recovering from a devastating economic crisis, Kiev is brazenly manipulating its European partners and, demonstratively, is non-obligatory in its implementation of agreements reached.

Therefore, it can be expected that Kiev will continue to deceive its Western partners. In this situation, the Greek oligarchs are increasingly convinced of the need to reject the package of anti-Russian sanctions being developed by the European Council.

The meeting between Mitsotakis and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky in Athens in August, on the surface, appeared to be an extremely positive exchange, with the Greek prime minister promising his country’s air force to train Ukrainian F-16 pilots and to continue offering diplomatic and material support. Nonetheless, the authoritative subscription publication Intelligence Online reported that it “has seen missives between Ukrainian and Greek officials that highlight ongoing tensions over Greek shipping companies’ alleged support of sanctioned Russian firms.”

The Greek government never mentioned whether the issue of shipowners was discussed at the Mitsotakis-Zelensky meeting, but it would be surprising if it were not, as four Greek shipping companies are on the “black list.”

In the Wall Street Journal, in a publication entitled “It’s a Bad Boy”, references were made to Greek shipping magnates George Economou, the families of Andreas Martinos and his brother, as well as George Prokopiou, for their listing on the Ukrainian “black list”. As Intelligence Online revealed, the disputes between the two countries relate to the transport of Russian oil by the Greek companies, Delta Tankers, Dynacom Tankers Management, Minerva Marine, TMS Tankers and Thenamaris Ships Management, which – to the great dismay of Athens – were once again blacklisted by Kiev in July.

According to Intelligence Online, the Greek companies were excluded from the “blacklist” but only a month after the passing of the 11th sanctions package in June, the NACP wrote to the Ukrainian foreign minister that the companies had been blacklisted again for not taking a stand against Russia. This turn of events immediately revived tensions between Athens and Kiev to the point where the NACP is concerned that Greece may block additional sanctions against Russia, as happened in June.

Greek shipping firms saw an opportunity to cash in when global shipping companies shunned Russia following the launch of the military operation in February 2022. This business has been so lucrative that the share of Russian oil transported on Greek ships hit an all-time high last year. Around 30% of Russia’s Black Sea oil exports were carried on Greek ships at the start of 2022 but skyrocketed to 53% by May 2023. Experts believe Greek shipping firms make three to five times the usual rates, accounting for billions of euros in profit.

Mitsotakis belongs to a historic liberal political family with over 100 years in the Greek political landscape and protecting the interests of the oligarchs and ruling class. Due to this, Mitsotakis would always follow Brussels and Washington in supporting Kiev, but only until it began affecting the profits of Greece’s oligarchs. This is a fact that Kiev has failed to understand, and this blacklisting after extracting what it wants from its partners will prove to backfire as it will not only harden Greece’s stance on Ukraine ahead of negotiations for the 12th sanctions package on Russia but demonstrate to the rest of the EU that Ukraine cannot be trusted.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The White House released plans to convert massive commercial properties into affordable “zero-emission” housing

The White House announcement is peppered with Great Reset buzzwords, like “clean energy economy” and “zero emissions housing,” and echoes the agendas being pushed by globalists

The “much-needed housing” will provide more room to house the influx of illegal immigrants being driven into the U.S. by drug cartels

Cartels are lying to migrants, telling them that anyone waiting for an immigration appointment can get asylum if they turn themselves in

This tactic ties up border agents so cartels can carry out drug smuggling, kidnapping and human trafficking in less populated areas

*

The White House released plans to convert massive commercial properties into affordable housing. Along with promoting energy efficiency and “zero emissions conversions” — classic technocrat dictates — the “much-needed housing” will provide more room to house the influx of illegal immigrants1 being driven into the U.S. by drug cartels.

In the October 2023 fact sheet, which touts the developments as “transit-oriented” and a method to “increase housing supply,” it’s stated:2

“[T]he Biden-Harris Administration is announcing new actions to support the conversion of high-vacancy commercial buildings to residential use, including through new financing, technical assistance, and sale of federal properties.

These announcements will create much-needed housing that is affordable, energy efficient, near transit and good jobs, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, nearly 30 percent of which comes from the building sector.”

Paving the Way for a Surveilled, Green ‘Utopia’

The White House announcement is peppered with Great Reset buzzwords, like “clean energy economy” and “zero emissions housing,” and echoes the agendas being pushed by globalists.

The Green New Deal (Green Agenda), “Build Back Better,” the Fourth Industrial Revolution3 (the transhumanist movement) and The Great Reset, officially introduced by World Economic Forum founder Klaus Schwab and then-Prince Charles in June 20204 — all exist to further and facilitate the implementation of Agenda 21.

Agenda 21 (Agenda for the 21st Century) is the inventory and control plan for all land, water, minerals, plants, animals, construction, means of production, food, energy, information, education and all human beings in the world. The European Green Deal is more of the same — introduced by the European Commission in December 20195 to, in part, replace fossil fuels with “cleaner” energy sources.

The White House cites data showing that office vacancies are at a 30-year high,6 straining local economies, while affordable housing is lacking and communities are looking for ways to cut emissions from buildings and transportation. Vacant commercial properties will be repurposed into affordable housing that will be close to transportation, “green,” and ideal for building the smart cities that take away your privacy and autonomy and allow for further surveillance and control.

The proposal aligns with the Great Reset agenda,7 which suggests shared goals, such as equality and sustainability, should be at the heart of government and private investments, and rather than funneling government recovery funds and economic-stimulus funding to “fill cracks in the old system,” these should be used to “create a new one that is more resilient, equitable, and sustainable in the long run.”

Schwab added, “This means, for example, building ‘green’ urban infrastructure and creating incentives for industries to improve their track record on environmental, social and governance (ESG) metrics.”8

It all sounds well and good, except, as Technocracy News reported in June 2020, “the promised Utopia comes with a price — it sets shackles on our personal freedom …”9 This could certainly be the case for those living in these affordable, green, smart cities.

As investigative journalist Corey Lynn tweeted, “Here we go … Converting/rezoning commercial buildings to net zero multiuse residential to fill up those abandoned buildings in cities and build their dream smart cities (and likely make room for illegal immigrants), complete with a 54-page guidebook.”10

The required sacrifices do not apply to the technocrats running the system, however, so ultimately The Great Reset will result in two tiers or people: the technocratic elite, who have all the power and rule over all assets, and the rest of humanity, who have no power, no assets and no say-so in anything. 

Why Zero Emissions Has a Dark Side

Zero emissions housing sounds like a good thing on the surface. But the notion can be traced back to decades’ old plans to implement a totalitarian future. In order to establish a new world order, there need to be problems that are global in scope. One of the problems, prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, was the environment.

In 1972, a United Nations meeting about climate change was held to come up with a plan to manage the planet in a sustainable manner. This led to the creation of Agenda 21.11 In 2019, WEF entered into a strategic alliance with the United Nations, which called for the UN to “use public-private partnerships as the model for nearly all policies that it implements, most specifically the implementation of the 17 sustainable development goals, sometimes referred to as Agenda 2030.”12

Agenda 2030 is aimed at reducing middle-class’ consumption of basic goods and energy, which includes limiting, with an eye toward eliminating, property rights and private ownership for future generations, along with targeting such “luxuries” as ownership of electric appliances and motor vehicles along with suburban housing and air conditioning.13

It’s easy to see how turning high-vacancy commercial spaces into high-density housing fits right into this plan.

How Smart, Net Zero Mandates May Steal Your Autonomy

A practical example of how privacy may gradually disappear in these converted commercial spaces is the likely installation of smart devices in the residences. With each smart device that you welcome into your home — such as connected alarm clocks, vehicles, refrigerators and doorbells — another layer of your personal life is revealed.

This is certainly true of smart meters, which are officially known in the U.S. as advanced metering infrastructure (AMI) installations. In 2020, 102.9 million such smart meters were installed by U.S. electric utilities, about 88% of them in personal residences.14 AMI meters measure and record electricity usage at least every hour, if not more, and provide the data to the utility company and consumer at least once a day.

They’re also capable of distinguishing what type of energy you’re using. So, they know if you’re doing a load of laundry, watching TV or have left your home for the day. While this might not sound nefarious on the surface, it’s an intensely personal form of surveillance — one that could easily be used against you, including to ration your energy. Journalist Abby Martin explained:15

“If the notion about what you are doing and when you are doing isn’t disturbing enough – it’s worse. These devices are capable of regulating, controlling and even rationing your energy use. Take this example, you are running your fans in the hot summer months and the power company decides you are using too much power, they will take it upon themselves to lower it regardless of the consumer willing to pay for the extra usage.”

Technocrats such as BlackRock CEO Larry Fink and Bill Gates are among those pushing for “net zero” carbon emissions.16 The deadline Gates has given to reach net zero emissions is 2050,17 and smart meters are already being positioned as an essential part of this plan.18

Are They Making Room for the Cartel’s Migrant Mobs?

According to U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), some 1.7 million illegals flowed across the southern border into the U.S. in 2021, another 2.4 million in 2022 and nearly 1.8 million as of August 2023.19

Many of them have been sent by drug cartels, law enforcement sources told The New York Post, under the false impression that anyone waiting for an immigration appointment through the CBP One app can get asylum if they turn themselves in.20 According to The New York Post:21

“Drug cartels are besieging the border by deliberately sending thousands of migrants a day to hand themselves over to Border Patrol officers in different US border towns, sources revealed to The Post. The tactic is meant to tie up already overworked border agents so Mexico’s cartels can carry on their drug and human smuggling operations undisturbed in less populated areas, law enforcement officials explained.

… ‘The way it’s being orchestrated through the cartels, I believe it’s meant to overwhelm the system. The [places] that are being impacted the most are border communities,’ former El Paso City Councilmember Claudia Rodriquez told The Post.”

Kidnapping is another issue. Mexico’s National Human Rights Commission has warned that drug cartels “found the kidnapping and extortion of migrants to be lucrative.” With the number of migrants reaching the border tripling over the last two decades, criminal groups have taken over migration routes, putting children and families at extreme risk.22

Speaking with NBC News, Nilda García, a researcher at Texas A&M International University in Laredo, explained, “It is very difficult for these groups to pass up this profit, this opportunity to earn money with migrants. Kidnappings are one more layer of its structure … They are very well organized. Sometimes they have military training and access to high-caliber weapons to terrorize migrants.”23

Is Immigration Intended to Beak Down Nationalism?

The video above features Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s mini-documentary “Midnight At the Border,” in which he travels to the U.S.-Mexico border in Yuma, Arizona, to investigate the illegal immigration issue firsthand.

The uncontrolled influx of illegals also puts an enormous strain on local communities, all of which have limited resources. In May 2023, NYC Mayor Eric Adams announced that nearly half of all NYC hotel rooms were occupied by illegal immigrants.24 The city is reportedly reimbursing hotels more than $300 a night per room,25 which means taxpayers are paying, while the city is slashing services in an effort to balance the budget.

Massive tent cities are also being set up to deal with the migrant influx.26 Is the conversion of office buildings to housing the White House’s “solution” to this crisis? Ultimately, it gives the global cabal one more win in its war against the sovereignty of humanity — and sovereign nations.

As Ivor Cummins, a biochemical engineer with a background in medical device engineering and leading teams in complex problem-solving, explains, “There’s … a massive change in immigration … it has been many times identified as a way of breaking down nationalism … the United Nations … made it clear we need to destroy national, we need to destroy sovereign nations …”27

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1, 10 Twitter.com, Corey Lynn of Corey’s Digs October 28, 2023

2, 6 The White House October 27, 2023

3 We Forum January 14, 2016

4 We Forum June 4, 2020

5 European Commission December 11, 2019

7, 8 World Economic Forum June 3, 2020

9 Technocracy.news June 29, 2020

11 YouTube, Ivor Cummins, The Greatest History Never Told June 24, 2023, 57:31

12 YouTube, MintPress News, Whitney Webb, What Is the World Economic Forum? February 8, 2023, 4:30

13 YouTube, MintPress News, Whitney Webb, What Is the World Economic Forum? February 8, 2023, 5:00

14 U.S. Energy Information Administration, FAQs

15 Matthew Bell August 24, 2016

16 YouTube June 25, 2021

17 Fox Business February 21, 2021

18 Shell Energy, Smart meters and the future of energy

19 New York Post August 19, 2023

20, 21 The New York Post September 18, 2023

22, 23 NBC News October 1, 2021

24 NBC New York May 17, 2023

25 Bloomberg June 9, 2023

26 New York Post August 15, 2023

27 YouTube, Ivor Cummins, The Greatest History Never Told June 24, 2023, 1:14

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

March 3, 2022 – Brazil – 15 year old Danylo Zinneck Nobre was perfectly healthy. He had his 1st Pfizer mRNA Vaccine on Aug. 24, 2021 and second on Oct. 19, 2021. Here is his story: 

He took 2 doses of Pfizer, the first on Aug.24, 2021 and the second on Oct.19, 2021.

Eighteen days later he had some slight fatigue. Then weakness in the legs. And then he began to experience blurred vision and heaviness in the head.

Then on Jan.6, 2022, he had a seizure and was intubated with difficulty swallowing and slurred speech.

He was taken to Hospital. There, an examination was performed without the presence of bacteria or virus. He had normal MRI, and he had several CT scans all with nothing abnormal.

He had daily labs, all normal.

He was left with paralysis in the diaphragm and upper and lower limbs, and had a tracheostomy.

He was diagnosed with Autoimmune Bickerstaff Brainstem Encephalitis (BBE), a rare neurological disease that affects the central nervous system and peripheral.

He underwent plasmapheresis treatment, a procedure aimed at filtering the blood, removing the substances that are causing damage from the plasma.

However, in the 5th session he suffered a hemorrhagic stroke, which was reabsorbed 80%, and an EVD lead was placed.

When changing the EVD, however, there was bleeding followed by brain death.

“My son was totally healthy, he had never been sick, he didn’t even know what a fever was. I stayed with him for 2 months in an ICU room until he died on Mar. 3, 2022.”

Image

2023 April (Masato Ando et al) – Autoantibody-negative but probable pediatric autoimmune encephalitis following COVID-19 vaccination: A case report

  • 14 year old Japanese girl had 3rd Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine
  • 19 days later she presented to ER because of a seizure
  • She had a headache and fever 5 days before the seizure, followed by diarrhea
  • She gradually became apathetic and developed mutism the day before presentation.
  • in ER, she was 37.4C, HR 130 bpm, respiratory rate 26 bpm, stiff neck, positive Kernig’s sign.
  • By the time she was admitted to pediatric ward she couldn’t speak words or follow instructions!
  • MRI showed multiple areas of brain inflammation
  • She was diagnosed with autoimmune encephalitis but no antibodies were found
  • Treatment: she was started on steroid pulse therapy with 3-day IV methylprednisolone at 1g per day.
  • She returned to her normal self soon after the 2nd dose.

2023 Sep. 6 EMA (European Medicines Agency) Report – Girl 12-17 years old had 1st Pfizer mRNA COVID-19 Vaccine and developed Encephalitis of the brainstem and was paralyzed and disabled.

2023 May 21 (VAERS 2646388) – 10 year old boy (Georgia) had 2nd Pfizer mRNA vaccine on Jan. 25, 2023. In February he started to complain about random headaches. In May 2023 he developed seizures, personality changes, auditory and visual hallucinations.

2022 May 25 (VAERS 2505252) – 14 year old previously healthy boy (California) had 3rd Pfizer mRNA Vaccine on March 18, 2022. 2 months later was hospitalized with encephalitis starting on May 25, 2022 until June 16, 2022. “Has a long road to recovery”. Was in ICU for 2 weeks, had to live in rehab for 2 weeks. Can only attend one class in high school.

2021 Dec. 06 (VAERS 1948381) – 11 year old boy (Texas) had 1st Pfizer mRNA and Flu Vaccine (Quadrivalent GlaxoSmithKline Biologicals) on Nov. 17, 2021. 19 days later, on Dec. 6, he developed severe headaches and somnolence for 7 days. MRI came back as acute disseminated encephalomyelitis and he was started on high dose steroids.

2021 Nov. 20 (VAERS 2325596) – 6 year old girl (Illinois) had 1st Pfizer mRNA on Nov.18, 2021. Two days later, she developed whole body hives and joint pain. After seeing many specialists, she was eventually diagnosed with Autoimmune encephalitis.

2021 Oct 31 (VAERS 1853455) – 13 year old boy had Pfizer mRNA Vaccine on Oct. 1, 2021. 1 month later on Oct. 31, 2021 he was diagnosed with Transverse Myelitis and Encephalitis.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

This Week’s Most Popular Articles

November 24th, 2023 by Global Research News

President John F. Kennedy: His Life and Public Assassination by the CIA

Edward Curtin, November 22, 2023

Social Media Influencers Are Dying Mostly of Cardiac Arrests and Destroyed Immune Systems

Dr. William Makis, November 20, 2023

Another Crisis “Much Worse than Covid”, Paralysis of Power Supply, Communications, Transportation. The WEF “Cyber Attack” Scenario

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 22, 2023

History: Adolph Hitler was Financed by Wall Street, the U.S. Federal Reserve and the Bank of England

Yuri Rubtsov, November 21, 2023

“Zionism is Not Judaism”, “Insane Megalomania”: The Zionist Cause Is a Dark Reversal of the Real Destiny of Israel — A True Story

Julian Rose, November 20, 2023

Beyond Orwell’s 1984, 5G and the Launching of 6G: “Easy to Take Down a Society that Is Digital”. 
 UNCTAD Attempts Accomplishing this Doom Scenario

Peter Koenig, November 19, 2023

Read Anne Boyer’s Extraordinary New York Times Resignation Letter

Anne Boyer, November 21, 2023

The End of Privacy Is Near. “Artificial Intelligence Scours Social Media… You’re Being Spied Upon Everywhere”

Dr. Joseph Mercola, November 17, 2023

Pre-emptive Nuclear War: The Role of Israel in Triggering an Attack on Iran

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 17, 2023

JFK, MLK, RFK, More than 50 Years of Suppressed History: New Evidence on Assassination of John F. Kennedy, Martin Luther King and Robert F. Kennedy.

Elizabeth Woodworth, November 20, 2023

Pilot Warns of Airline Industry Disaster Due to COVID-19 Vaccines

Sally Beck, November 21, 2023

JFK 60 Years after his Death: The CIA, the Case against LBJ and Beyond

Michael Welch, November 18, 2023

Kennedy Assassination: The Greatest Conspiracy Ever Conceived

Chaitanya Davé, November 22, 2023

Will Palestine Ever be Free? Understanding Elite Strategy in the Global Context

Robert J. Burrowes, November 17, 2023

Moon Landing 2023 – Science or Science Fiction?

Mark Keenan, November 18, 2023

J.F.K. Assassination Witness Breaks His Silence. Evidence of A Second Shooter. “The Magic Bullet” Theory is an Outright Lie

Peter Baker, November 21, 2023

US Economy – Heading for the Abyss

Karsten Riise, November 19, 2023

The Effects of Pulsed Microwaves And Extra Low Frequency Electromagnetic Waves on Human Brains? Governments Routinely “Classify Information” Pertaining to the Manipulation of the Human Nervous System

Mojmir Babacek, November 18, 2023

Video: Expanding Middle East War. Who is Behind Netanyahu? Michel Chossudovsky

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 20, 2023

Study Reveals More Than Half of COVID-19 Vaccinated Feel Sick a Year Later

Naveen Athrappully, November 20, 2023

The Climate Change Mental Asylum – CO2 Fanatics Suffering from Ideological Insanity

By Mark Keenan, November 23, 2023

The UN climate change, sustainable development and green economy policies over the past 30 years are little more than worldwide marketing tricks that have tragically brainwashed two generations of young people who do not understand what the UN actually is, and who is it is really designed to serve.

The Trudeau Government Spent Millions in Grants for Developing Insect-Based Food

By JP Alegre, November 24, 2023

The Canadian Taxpayers Federation has released a report revealing that the Trudeau government has allocated close to $10 million in grants and contributions to various companies to support the development of cricket-based products from 2018 to 2023.

Pfizer’s “Secret” Report on the COVID Vaccine. Beyond Manslaughter. The Evidence Is Overwhelming. The Vaccine Should be Immediately Withdrawn Worldwide

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 24, 2023

The COVID-19 vaccine was rolled-out in several phases in England and Wales starting on December 8, 2020  and extending into March-April 2021. The upward movement in excess mortality (%) commences in 2021. The increase in excess mortality related to malignant neoplasm is tabulated for the two first years of the vaccine. 

Israel Is Assassinating Journalists in Gaza

By Amanda Yee, November 23, 2023

Israel is intentionally assassinating journalists in Gaza. As it wages its genocidal onslaught on the enclave, having murdered at least 13,000 Palestinians so far, Israel is simultaneously killing media workers in order to prevent the world from seeing the unspeakable atrocities it carries out.

Israeli Official Admits Not Even Trying to Get American Hostages Released

By Ben Bartee, November 23, 2023

In the immediate term, the continued captivity of hostages of all nationalities by Hamas serves Israel’s interests more than their release would. It serves as a valuable propaganda tool to gin up anger and provides an ongoing pretext to do whatever Israel likes in Gaza with impunity under the guise of pursuing the release of hostages.

Don’t Cry for Argentina — It Is Not Worthy of Your Tears

By Stephen Karganovic, November 23, 2023

There is no doubt that Argentina is currently very deep in one of those imbroglios into which it cyclically descends. The solutions offered by the charlatan were wisely rejected by its citizens in the first round of the elections, restricting Milei to about 30% of the vote.

Pretexts and False Flags? Towards a Broader Middle East War? Yemeni Navy Seizes Israeli-linked Vessel

By Abayomi Azikiwe, November 23, 2023

With the rapid growth of the political influence of the Ansar Allah resistance movement within Yemen, the U.S. has targeted the organization claiming it is a surrogate of the Islamic Republic of Iran. Tehran has denied that any of the affiliates of the Axis of Resistance follow the orders of their government, noting only that they support these organizations politically since all have the same objectives of ridding the region of U.S. imperialism and Zionism.

Hackers Expose Personal Data of Foreign Legion of Ukrainian Army

By Ahmed Adel, November 23, 2023

A group of hackers shared on the internet the personal data of several members of the Ukrainian Army’s Foreign Legion, including their names, ages, military experience, languages ​​spoken and telephone numbers, as well as a section with personal comments. This expose will surely hit the already low morale of foreign mercenaries, who will likely leave en masse as conditions become astronomically worse over the winter.

Argentina on the Brink of Collapse: “Anarcho-Capitalist” Javier Milei Is Part of the WEF Agenda

By Ernst Wolff, November 23, 2023

During the election campaign, Milei announced that he wanted to abolish numerous ministries and the Argentine central bank, privatize broadcasting, introduce the US dollar as the national currency and organize the trade in human organs in a market economy. Immediately after his election, he announced that his first trips would take him to the USA and Israel. 

Children Killed by COVID mRNA Vaccines: 17-year-old Aubrynn Grundy Had Two Pfizer mRNA Vaccines for School Trip June 2022 and Died August 2022 from Multi-Organ Failure

By Dr. William Makis, November 23, 2023

17 year old Aubrynn Grundy had 1st Pfizer mRNA on June 7, 2022 and 2nd Pfizer mRNA on June 28, 2022. She went on a school trip and started to feel sick. She suffered a heart attack in ER, was hospitalized, deteriorated rapidly and died on Aug. 6, 2022. Her death was blamed on COVID-19.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Looks like the Trudeau Government really wants Canadians to eat … crickets?

The Canadian Taxpayers Federation has released a report revealing that the Trudeau government has allocated close to $10 million in grants and contributions to various companies to support the development of cricket-based products from 2018 to 2023.

Crickets are gaining attention for their high protein content and eco-friendly qualities, making them a potential source of protein for human consumption. One beneficiary cites that recent research indicates that a growing number of Americans are open to incorporating crickets into their diets due to the perceived health and environmental benefits.

But is that enough to justify the millions in grants during a cost of living crisis?

The largest grant, amounting to $8.5 million, was awarded to Aspire Food Group Ltd. through the federal Agri-Innovate Program. Aspire Food Group’s funding is designated to aid in the establishment of a commercial demonstration facility in London, Ontario, dedicated to producing crickets for multiple markets, including pet, human, biomedicine, and agrochemical sectors.

According to Aspire, a significant portion of their cricket protein goes into pet food, but they are also exploring opportunities for human consumption.

Other companies that received government funding include NAAK, which plans to expand its product range to include cricket powder-infused items like steaks, sausages, and falafels. It received $48,517 in October 2018, and $123,178.00 in September 2020.

Prairie Cricket Farms of Manitoba received $75,000 for the period from September 2022 to March 2023 “to optimize processing and management procedures which will allow the firm to achieve enhanced product quality, productivity and profitability.”

Additionally, firms in Bromont, Quebec, Scarborough, and Calgary were awarded contracts aimed at advancing insect protein production.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from the deep dive

Medio Oriente: Estados Unidos necesita la guerra

November 24th, 2023 by Marcelo Colussi

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

A State Department official, Sylvia Yacoub, not only has accused the Biden Administration of “spreading misinformation”, but also of being “complicit in genocide”. Her 5-page memo was signed by 100 State Department and USAID officials in a State Department system that, unfortunately, is not for public view. Still, it reveals that conflict exists within governmental structures. In the case of this memo, the impact is certain to be essentially zero. It’s as if leadership is saying, “OK, you’re critical, but now back to work.” So then, how does someone aware of dangerous or treasonous activity make it known to a larger public that needs it?

There is a vast storehouse of secrets within the hundreds of thousands of people in America’s federal alphabet agencies, e.g. CDC, CIA, FDA, EPA, DHS, FBI. There are many more “3-letters”, of course, but those 6 are high in the public mind. Every one impacts on the public’s perception of the Covid-19 Pandemic — of the early lies about there being no existing treatment thus forcing the world toward an untested genetic therapy misnamed “vaccine”, of the relentless in-your-face lies of “safe and effective”, of the censoring of alternative medical views, of hiding the fact of mortality rates vastly higher in the vaccinated. Things like that. Those 6 agencies alone account for ~600,000 federal employees, many who know much about which We The People are intentionally kept in the dark.

Leaderships of the 6 listed adhere with military fidelity to the official story of the Pandemic, now known to be full of orchestrated deceptions. But enforced conformity to a narrative is a key to “success” in dealing with a pandemic, according to Event 201’s strategy as framed mere weeks before the Covid-19 Pandemic was declared.

And when you follow details of Pandemic-related issues in play, you can see their “success” is disastrous to the massive “lower class” — essentially all of humanity that is to remain after the globalist’s Great Reset and the extinguishing of the middle class that is now in progress.

If you look at the Covid-19 Pandemic as an isolated issue, you’re overlooking its role in the ongoing surge toward One World Government, with its involvements in genocide, genetic manipulation and the melding of mind with machine.

The Covid 19 Pandemic is like a mile marker of the road toward One World Government as summarized by David Rockefeller 

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time Magazine and other publications, whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years.

It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the bright lights of publicity. But the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march toward a world government.”

The Covid-19 Pandemic has served as a stepping stone toward the “success” of globalist strategy, as it justified a major increase in governmental oppression in the name of “public health”, the most politicized and weaponized “scientific discipline” of human experience.

But there’s much more than health related issues. Consider Department of Homeland Security collusion with social media to censor Americans.

The DHS is also responsible for the disintegration of America’s southern border and in protecting the surge of millions of illegal aliens into the United States, here able to establish “sleeper cells” of military-age men from all over the world. The slow stepwise introduction of globalist initiatives, such as the ongoing eroding of national boundaries everywhere, makes the relentless move toward One World Government invisible to oblivious citizens. This facilitating the establishment of a potential army within the United States makes “treason” seem much too tame a charge. And the hell of it is that most Americans seem barely aware of what’s taking place under their feet.

Likewise, the FBI has everything — absolutely everything! to expose overnight the lie of the preposterous Official 9/11 “narrative”.

Whatever hit the Pentagon was videotaped from all angles by security cams, and that visual record would demolish the ridiculous story of an aluminum tube punching a clean hole through the Pentagon’s massively reinforced exterior.

Showing the rocket hitting the Pentagon (at the precise point to take out budget analysts tracking “lost” trillions of dollars) would slap even the stupidest awake. Alas, every tape available was immediately confiscated by the FBI and remains concealed. But can’t we — and shouldn’t we —  assume that within the FBI some have enough strength of character to discern the rot in an FBI leadership that would make the agency such a weapon against the public? These are only two examples, but research into the actions and connections of just about any federal agency is certain to yield questions wanting answers that, like the FBI videos mentioned, are kept hidden.

Tyrannical elements of government persist when their evil projects are not exposed by staff who should be letting us see them. Taking a position in a governmental agency in no way requires obedient support regardless of whatever corrupt project a traitorous leadership for the moment might have in the works. Public servants, regardless of where situated in any agency’s pecking order, are not obliged to shift allegiance to anything other than the public. In the end, for every governmental employee the group to be served is The People in the most expansive sense.

Revealing criminal acts of state carries risk. A recent example is of four chemists who struggled with the demands of their EPA superiors for data manipulation posing an obvious threat to public health. Despite the atmosphere of intimidation (The EPA drips with internal rot), ethics demanded that they expose the situation to The Intercept, and this brief report is a quick lesson in regulatory agency-industry collusion and in the kind of pressures staff throughout governmental agencies face in this era in which corruption almost seems to have become “normalized”.

Sibel Edmonds was fired by the FBI for revealing agency security failures.

The legendary Daniel Ellsberg, whose leaking of the Pentagon Papers led to charges that could have landed him in prison for more than a century.

All charges were ultimately dropped due to — wait for it —  exposure of governmental misconduct.

Edward Snowden revealed mind-numbing details of NSA surveillance of 

Here, he reveals the motives of a whistleblower who would risk all. Whistleblowers such as these are driven by a personal integrity that, in seeing serious corruption, just cannot let it pass. Scroll, up from the bottom here for a glimpse of whistleblowers who revealed information we all should have, more often than not at personal risk. Note that the powers seeking to hide their crimes are nearly always governmental agencies and immense corporations.

When you understand what whistleblowers face in organizations that have many ways of making life hell, you see that such courageous people deserve all of the admiration we can muster.

But the dribble of evil secrets needs to become a deluge. There’s growing awareness that ’something is wrong’ nearly everywhere you look in a government become gigantic and tyrannical. Given the several million public servants/fellow citizens populating this behemoth, there are certainly many who should be bringing secrecy-shrouded information into the open.

Whistleblowers are our heroes, even if we never learn their names. We need a lot more of them.

Postscript:

A University of Alaska Institute of Engineering project has shown that the explanation for the collapse of Building 7 on 9/11/2001 by the National Institute of Standards and Technology is physically impossible and therefore a bare-faced lie. Because of this, Architects and Engineers for 911 Truth has sued NIST. But the US District of Columbia Court of Appeals recently ruled that A&E has no standing, the Court’s reason being that there is nothing in the law requiring agency reports to be accurate or scientifically sound.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Bill Willers is an emeritus professor of biology, University of Wisconsin at Oshkosh. He is founder of the Superior Wilderness Action Network and editor of Learning to Listen to the Land, and Unmanaged Landscapes, both from Island Press. He can be contacted at [email protected]

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Israeli state and Hamas appear to have reached a tentative hostage exchange deal.

Via NBC News:

“Israel and Hamas have agreed to a breakthrough deal to release 50 women and children who were kidnapped and held in Gaza, a potential landmark deal that will also involve a four-day pause in fighting, the delivery of hundreds of aid trucks, and the release of 150 Palestinian women and children* held in Israeli jails.”

*Note that when Israeli civilians are held in Gaza, they were “kidnapped” and are termed “hostages,” but when Israeli jails Palestinian women and children with no charges or judicial process of any kind, they do not receive the benefit of the same designation in Western corporate state media. That’s how subtle propaganda can get, and it’s easy to miss it if you’re not attuned to the pettiness with which these organizations play semantical games.

Curiously, though, Israel is not making any effort to get non-Israeli hostages released — only Israeli.

Via NBC News:

Israel will not exchange Palestinian prisoners in exchange for non-Israeli hostages, a senior Israeli official who gave NBC News details on a tentative agreement with Hamas that is awaiting a vote from Israel’s government

According to the official, Israel is currently only negotiating for its citizens and that other countries will have to negotiate for their own terms with Hamas. Dual nationals, those who hold Israel citizenship along with another country, are included in Israel’s deals, the official said.”

So, the U.S. government hands Israel no-strings-attached billions of dollars every single year, to the tune of hundreds of billions in the aggregate, in exchange for zero effort to get American hostages freed when they’re captured within the territorial bounds of the Israeli state. When it is finally presented with one opportunity to repay in infinitesimally small part all of that generosity, it offers only its middle finger to its American patrons.

Not that anyone who understands the nature of the Israeli state would expect otherwise. Its no-American-hostage-rescue policy is even more understandable in the context of its current geopolitical position.

Israel’s strategic play here is obvious to anyone not blinded by its powerful propaganda network that extends, unfortunately, deep into American corporate state media.

In the immediate term, the continued captivity of hostages of all nationalities by Hamas serves Israel’s interests more than their release would. It serves as a valuable propaganda tool to gin up anger and provides an ongoing pretext to do whatever Israel likes in Gaza with impunity under the guise of pursuing the release of hostages. All international criticism is deflected with the call on Hamas to “release the hostages.” Were they released, justifying the Israeli government’s activities there (carpet-bombing) would become much more diplomatically tenuous.

(Of course, it’s unclear exactly how carpet-bombing Gaza could ever achieve the stated objective of returning the Israeli hostages unless they intend them to come back as corpses with limbs blown apart. Nonetheless, the Israeli propagandists have been beavering away trying to square that circle for many weeks now.)

Furthermore, the continued captivity of American hostages, in particular, serves to maintain (nearly unconditional) American government support for its Gaza campaign — a weighty, some might say Herculean, diplomatic feat, given that virtually the entire rest of the world has condemned Israel for what it’s done. And that Herculean effort is costing the U.S. government big time in terms of its global cache.

At this moment, the United States is Israel’s only geopolitical ally left that’s fully on board with the program.

Another reason Israel would like to draw out the military operation in Gaza as long as possible using whatever pretext it can is that it’s stalling for time to figure out what to do with all of the Gazans it would like to displace. A leaked “concept paper” from the Intelligence Ministry proposed expelling the Gazans into the Sinai Peninsula to live in tent cities, which did not go over well diplomatically, to say the least. More recently, it’s been pressuring America and Western Europe to take the Gazans off of their hands. So it needs some wriggle room to devise alternative solutions.

However, at the same time, the state is under immense, unprecedented internal pressure to be seen to be doing something concrete to secure the Israeli hostages aside from posturing in the media. Netanyahu and his allies were already in existential political trouble before October 7th, and the threats to his and his ideologically expansionist base’s grip on power have only multiplied following the government’s clear de-prioritization of hostage release below annihilating Gaza, not to mention the “intelligence failure” of that day itself.

It turns out that waging war can be just as difficult politically on the international stage as it can on the domestic front, even in a country as usually united in its militarism as Israel.

So the Israeli state has been walking a political tightrope between maintaining its justification for its assault on Gaza while doing its best to appease the growing dissident faction within the state itself. This is why, I speculate, Israel is only doing a deal for 50 of its hostages; it buys them some political cover at home while maintaining the existence of many more hostages in Gaza and thus the theoretical justification for what it’s doing there, in addition to “eliminating Hamas” (a pipe dream impossible to achieve because Hamas is scattered across borders and because its bombing campaign is only generating more, and more hardened, recruits.

Thus the war must go on. And on. And on.

(Note: In the original version of this article, I stated that Israel jails Palestinian women and children on “no charges,” when, in fact, it jails Palestinian women on intentionally vague charges like “having contacts with hostile organisations” and then holds them and the babies they have while incarcerated indefinitely in pre-trial detention with no due process. I apologize for the error.)

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Armageddon Prose.

Ben Bartee, author of Broken English Teacher: Notes From Exile, is an independent Bangkok-based American journalist with opposable thumbs. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Bad Moon Rising – by Mr. Fish

Don’t Cry for Argentina — It Is Not Worthy of Your Tears

November 23rd, 2023 by Stephen Karganovic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Argentine runoff Presidential election has produced a result that those who still care for Argentina will regard as regrettable. But there will also be not a few level headed observers who will regard this outcome as somewhat suspicious.

The apparent winner is an oddball “Libertarian” politician, Javier Milei. Being an eccentric and a loose cannon, Milei is difficult to classify ideologically. He appears to be enthusiastic about cloning his deceased dogs, and he himself seems to be a cloned personification of a segment of the American Libertarian movement. It remains to be seen whether Milei will prove to be a consistent ideologue of the nebulous Libertarian doctrines he professes, in which case the Requiem for Argentina should begin to be composed without delay.

If, however, Milei has even one pragmatic bone in his body he will be obliged very soon after his inauguration in December to go into reverse gear or face the wrath of the public that he has deluded with his irresponsible messianic promises.

Even worse for himself, for his political buffoonery he may also be obliged to face punishment from Argentina’s still vibrant armed forces, which have a respectable record of intervening to rein in wayward civilian politicians, though not necessarily always displaying as well the skills required to straighten out the messes the former had left behind.

There is no doubt that Argentina is currently very deep in one of those imbroglios into which it cyclically descends. The solutions offered by the charlatan were wisely rejected by its citizens in the first round of the elections, restricting Milei to about 30% of the vote. But Milei’s runoff rhetoric must have been irresistibly persuasive. In the second round he went on to garner a remarkable 55% of the vote (prompting the reasonable question of whether the popular Dominion vote counting machines, after their stellar performance in 2020, may have ended up in Argentina).

One of Milei’s brilliant solutions, abolishing the Argentine peso and replacing it with the US dollar, may soon come to haunt the Argentine people. It would be interesting to hear Milei’s explanation of how doing away with the national currency, fragile as it may be yet always capable of recovery given the application of correct financial policies and under the control of the issuing government. How would replacing it with a declining foreign currency under the control of outside interests help remedy Argentina’s problems? Does Libertarian ideology allow for national sovereignty? Is Milei informed that not too long ago Ecuador discarded its national currency in favor of the dollar, but that for the Ecuadorean people the experiment on the whole resulted in more economic discomfort than benefit? Why should the outcome now be different in Argentina, and that at a time when the dollar is losing its reserve currency status and rapidly declining in value, far more so then when Ecuador was led down that primrose path?

Moreover, has Milei, who is reputed to be an economist, noticed a global financial trend which even the repentant Jeffrey Sachs has called by its correct name, “dedollarisation,” and has that conspicuous trend had any impact on his thinking and choice of cures for Argentina’s financial ills? There is scant evidence that it has or that the warnings of sober economic experts have influenced the formulation of the policies that Milei has proposed. At the end of the day, with their new junk currency in hand, Argentines may remember with nostalgia their present inflation of mere 143%. Just as probably, they may come to regard with wrath the Pied Piper many of them had voted for.

Nor does Milei appear to be aware of the other major collapse that is taking place in the contemporary world, that of the unipolar system to whose imperilled currency he wishes to tie his country’s fortunes, suggesting that, indeed, El Clarín may be his chief source of political information. Contrary to every postulate of prudence (and some would argue of common sense as well) Milei has announced that as President he intends to reverse Argentina’s membership in BRICS. Public commitment to this politically counterintuitive policy goal suggests that Milei may be more than just an eccentric Libertarian enthusiast and that in fact he may be a figure purposefully inserted into the global game to promote a much more serious and disruptive geopolitical agenda.

There are very few today who recall that Argentina has not always been the Sick Man of the Pampas and that over a hundred years ago in economic strength and attraction it rivalled the United States as the destination of choice for European immigrants. Its once brilliant prospects came to nought as a result of the combination of the corruption and foolishness of its elite and idiocy of its pampered populace.

Argentina’s decline and fall has mirrored in many ways the downfall of Ukraine, formerly one of the Soviet Union’s most progressive and prosperous republics. Argentina, like Ukraine, was thrown under the bus by its greedy elite, also acting from selfish motives of short-term material gain and also placing itself in a condition of voluntary subservience to foreign, in Argentina’s case mainly British, patrons and their dazzling culture. The bamboozled populace followed suit in its own ignorant way.

The tribulations of both countries, far from being the outcome of objective necessity, are the avoidable result of foolish choices made jointly by the ruling elite and their equally irresponsible subjects.

Whatever vote counting machines may have been used, Argentina apparently has made its choice and now it must bravely face the consequences of its own making. There is no particular reason to shed tears for it any more than there is to cry over the tragic fate of its suicidal mirror image in Eastern Europe.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from El Pais

The Profound Health Benefits of Being Grateful

November 23rd, 2023 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

[This article was originally published by Mercola on November 25, 2021.]

***

The ability to experience gratitude to others is a fundamental feature of human cognition

Positive effects linked to gratitude include social, psychological and physical benefits, which increase the more you make gratitude a regular part of your daily routine

Gratitude has a positive effect on psychopathology, especially depression, adaptive personality characteristic, positive social relationships and physical health, including stress and sleep

Those who are grateful have even been found to have a better sense of the meaning of life by being able to perceive good family function and peer relationships

Two gratitude interventions that you can try in your daily life to promote gratitude include keeping a gratitude journal and expressing gratitude to others, such as by writing thank you notes

*

Gratitude is a simple practice that can have profound effects on your health and well-being. Its underpinnings are believed to be principles of cooperation that were pivotal in the development of human communication and social reciprocity, and the ability to experience gratitude to others is a fundamental feature of human cognition.1

The positive effects linked to gratitude include social, psychological and physical benefits,2 which increase the more you make gratitude a regular part of your daily routine.

“The limits to gratitude’s health benefits are really in how much you pay attention to feeling and practicing gratitude,” noted neuroscientist Glenn Fox, Ph.D., a gratitude expert at the University of Southern California. “It’s very similar to working out, in that the more you practice, the better you get. The more you practice, the easier it is to feel grateful when you need it.”3

How Gratitude Changes Your Brain

Gratitude has distinct neurobiological correlates, including in brain regions associated with interpersonal bonding and stress relief.4 When Fox and colleagues elicited gratitude in 23 female subjects, via stories of survivors of the Holocaust, “ratings of gratitude correlated with brain activity in the anterior cingulate cortex and medial prefrontal cortex,” which are associated with moral cognition, value judgment and theory of mind.5

Individual differences in proneness to gratitude are also linked to increased gray matter volume in the brain,6 and it’s possible that it elicits long-term changes in your psyche. Fox grew deeply interested in gratitude after his mother’s death from ovarian cancer. During her illness, he would send her studies on the benefits of gratitude in cancer patients, and she kept a gratitude journal in her last years. 

In one example, 92 adults with advanced cancer engaged in mindful gratitude journaling or routine journaling. After seven days, those who kept a gratitude journal had significant improvements in measures of anxiety, depression and spiritual well-being, such that the researchers concluded “mindful gratitude journaling could positively affect the state of suffering, psychological distress and quality of life of patients with advanced cancer.”7

“Grateful people tend to recover faster from trauma and injury,” Fox told The Pulse. “They tend to have better and closer personal relationships and may even just have improved health overall.”When he tried to find gratitude after losing his mother, what he experienced wasn’t a quick fix or an immediate route to happiness, but a way to make his grief more manageable in the moment.

As it turns out, grateful writing such as letters of gratitude is a positive psychological intervention that leads to longer term changes in mental health. Among 293 adults who sought out psychotherapy services, those who engaged in gratitude writing reported significantly better mental health after four and 12 weeks than people who did not writing or who wrote about their thoughts and feelings.9 

Gratitude Boosts Health, Well-Being

Gratitude can be difficult to define, as it has elements of an emotion, a virtue and a behavior, all rolled into one. Robert Emmons, a professor of psychology at the University of California, Davis, and an expert on gratitude, defines it as a two-step process.

As explained in “The Science of Gratitude,” a white paper by the Greater Good Science Center at UC Berkeley, the two steps include “1) ‘recognizing that one has obtained a positive outcome’ and 2) ‘recognizing that there is an external source for this positive outcome.’”10

In this regard, the benefits of gratitude may be gleaned from the actions of other people or experienced in an internalized manner, such as when feeling gratitude about good fate or nature. In this way, gratitude is both a state and a trait.11

As a state, it’s based on a person’s ability to be empathic and elicit grateful emotions that promote prosocial behavior. As a trait, gratitude describes the practice of being grateful, noticing the little things in life and appreciating the positive in the world and other people. Gratitude can be felt both from being helped by others and habitually focusing on the good in your life.

A study published in Clinical Psychology Review found that gratitude has a positive effect on psychopathology, especially depression, adaptive personality characteristic, positive social relationships and physical health, including stress and sleep. What’s more, they noted that “the benefits of gratitude to well-being may be causal.”12

Fox also explained, “Benefits associated with gratitude include better sleep, more exercise, reduced symptoms of physical pain, lower levels of inflammation, lower blood pressure and a host of other things we associate with better health,”13 including improved resilience.

It’s likely that gratitude leads to benefits via multiple mechanisms, not only by improving life satisfaction14 but also by contributing to an increase in healthy activities and a willingness to seek help for health problems.15 Those who are grateful have even been found to have a better sense of the meaning of life by being able to perceive good family function and peer relationships.16

Gratitude Could Help You Sleep Better, Be Less Materialistic

Gratitude is known to facilitate improvements in healthy eating17 and benefits depression by enhancing self-esteem and wellbeing.18 Further, people who are more grateful tend to be:19

  • Happier
  • Less materialistic
  • Less likely to suffer from burnout

A 2021 study comparing gratitude and optimism similarly found that both traits were associated with:20

  • Lower heart rate and blood pressure
  • Better sleep quality
  • More exercise
  • Less stress
  • More positive expectations and reflections
  • Greater feelings of appreciation toward others

Feeling gracious can help you sleep better and longer, too, perhaps by improving your thoughts prior to sleep. “The relationship between gratitude and each of the sleep variables was mediated by more positive pre-sleep cognitions and less negative pre-sleep cognitions,” according to a study in the Journal of Psychosomatic Research.21

Those who scored higher on measures of gratitude had better sleep quality and sleep duration and less sleep latency (the amount of time it takes you to fall asleep) and daytime dysfunction. Among adolescents, the simple practice of keeping a gratitude journal significantly reduce materialism while reducing the negative effect of materialism on generosity.22

Those who wrote down what they were grateful for donated 60% more of their earnings to charity, for instance. There’s good reason to teach children the importance of gratitude, too, as doing so can improve school performance and orient individuals toward a positive life approach.23

Positive Gratitude Interventions

Fox likens gratitude to a muscle that must be trained — something that you can practice and become better at over time:24

“I think that gratitude can be much more like a muscle, like a trained response or a skill that we can develop over time as we’ve learned to recognize abundance and gifts and things that we didn’t previously notice as being important. And that itself is its own skill that can be practiced and manifested over time.”

Rather than a magic bullet, Fox added, it’s the regular practice of being grateful that makes a difference: “You know, it’s like water cutting rock through a canyon,” he said. “It’s not done all at once, and it’s just steady practice is where you start to get things.”25 Two “gratitude interventions” that you can try in your daily life to promote gratitude include keeping a gratitude journal and expressing gratitude.

With a gratitude journal, you write down lists of what you’re grateful for on a regular basis. The behavioral expression of gratitude involves expressing grateful feelings to others, such as by saying thank you or writing gratitude letters, which you then read to the recipients.26

Music also holds the potential to be a gratifying and fulfilling force. Take a moment to appreciate this heartfelt song sent in by longtime subscriber, Frank Buono.

Showing gratitude to your partner is also a good way to boost your relationship. In a study of romantic partners, gratitude from interactions was linked to increased connection and satisfaction with the relationship, with researchers suggesting, “gratitude had uniquely predictive power in relationship promotion, perhaps acting as a booster shot for the relationship.”27 Emmons also shared tips for living a more grateful life:28

  • Remember hard times in your life, which remind you how much you have to be grateful for now. “[T]his contrast is fertile ground for gratefulness,” Emmons says.29
  • Appreciate what it means to be human by tuning into and appreciating your sense of touch, sight, smell, taste and hearing.
  • Use visual reminders, including people, to trigger gratitude. This helps to combat “the two primary obstacles to gratefulness,” which Emmons cites as “forgetfulness and a lack of mindful awareness.”30
  • Make an oath of gratitude. Simply vowing to be grateful can increase the likelihood that you’ll stick to the behavior, so write a note “vowing to count your blessings” and post it somewhere where you’ll see it often.

If you want to get started today, keep a notebook by your bedside and make a point to jot down one or two things you’re grateful for each night before bed, and express gratitude to others often, such as writing quick thank you notes to friends.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1, 2 Royal Society Open Science May 23, 2018

3, 13 USC News November 25, 2019

4, 8, 24, 25 The Pulse, WHYY PBS November 21, 2019

5, 6 Front. Psychol., 30 September 2015

7 BMJ Support Palliat Care. 2021 Jul 8;bmjspcare-2021-003068

9 Psychotherapy Research 2018, Volume 28

10 “The Science of Gratitude,” a white paper by the Greater Good Science Center at UC Berkeley May 2018 Executive summary

11 The Journal of Positive Psychology August 6, 2019

12 Clinical Psychology Review November 2010, Volume 30, Issue 7, Pages 890-905

14 Personality and Individual Differences July 2008, Volume 45, Issue 1, Pages 49-54

15 Pers Individ Dif. 2013 Jan; 54(1): 92–96

16 Front Psychol. 2021 Oct 28;12:680795

17 Journal of Experimental Social Psychology March 2019, Volume 81, Pages 4-14

18 Personality and Individual Differences December 2015, Volume 87, Pages 30-34

19 “The Science of Gratitude,” a white paper by the Greater Good Science Center at UC Berkeley May 2018

20 Emotion November 15, 2021

21 Journal of Psychosomatic Research January 2009, Volume 66, Issue 1, Pages 43-48

22 The Journal of Positive Psychology August 1, 2018

23 The Wiley Blackwell Handbook of Positive Psychological Interventions April 11, 2014

26 Journal of Occupational Health November 11, 2021

27 Personal Relationships May 21, 2010 Abstract

28, 29, 30 Greater Good Magazine November 17, 2010

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The fossil fuel lobby has had a busy year on the eco-camouflage front. Earlier this year, interest started to rumble and rage against the stranding of humpback whales on the east coast of the United States. Suddenly, opponents of wind turbine technology – and renewable technology more broadly – had identified an invaluable, if tenuous nexus: a link between whale mortality and offshore wind farms.

One true enthusiast for the proposition proved to be Donald Trump. Speaking at a rally in South Carolina in September, for example, the Republican presidential contender suggested that these “windmills” were driving whales “crazy”, inflicting death in such numbers that they were washing up on shore “on a weekly basis”.

Such technology is the subject of frenzied study, and it would be remiss not to mention that various environmental concerns have been raised. These are often specific to their intended locales. One need only consult recent work commissioned by the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, an adjunct of the US Department of the Interior, to appreciate the complexity of the field. The report from the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine concerned the Nantucket Shoals region, an area of complex hydrodynamics and ecology.  The authors acknowledged that large turbines of the size planned for the region had not, as yet, been built in US waters, and would therefore require extensive modelling on oceanographic effects, notably on zooplankton populations upon which whales feed.

Rob Deaville of the Zoological Society of London’s Cetacean Strandings Investigation Programme also admits that disruptions to marine wildlife can take place in the construction phase of wind farms given the presence of percussive noise. Animals such as porpoises or dolphins “may move out of that area while you’re installing the wind farms, but then the longer-term picture: in some areas they may never come back, in some they may come back in larger numbers than before.”

Such concerned albeit cautious observation sits differently with claims of mass whale mortality that has become a hobby horse for opponents of renewable energy sources. But look behind these newly converted whale-loving types, and you are likely to find an avid fossil-fuel lobbyist, the cash-filled account of the commodities sector, or those advocating the merits of nuclear energy.

The issue has also made its way across the Pacific to Australia, that great bastion of fossil feud mania. In the state of New South Wales, residents of the Hunter and Illawarra regions woke up to posters making the claim about the harmful effects of wind turbine technology. A roadside billboard in Port Stephens, north of Newcastle, featured a beached whale with a background of wind turbines, sporting the words, “Stop Port Stephens Offshore Wind Farms”.

Fictional articles have also made similar claims. One, in particular, purports to have been published in the academic journal Marine Policy, asserting that offshore wind farms in the Illawarra and Hunter would result in an annual whale death toll of 400. The journal’s disconcerted editor-in-chief, Quentin Hanich, could find no evidence of the phantom study with its alleged origins in the University of Tasmania, which had been shared on a Facebook group No Offshore Wind Farm for the Illawarra.

“We never received this imaginary paper … I am seeing no evidence that the study ever took place.”

None of this seems to trouble members of the Liberal National Coalition. The federal opposition leader, Peter Dutton, has claimed, somewhat erroneously, that there had been “no environmental consideration of what these huge wind turbines, 260 to 280 metres out of the water, will mean.”

Another example of a fossil fuel parliamentarian turned green populist is Queensland Nationals Senator, Matt Canavan, who recently admitted that he had a soft spot for these cetacean casualties. But then again, he also claims to have a fondness for all of Mother Nature’s glories, now facing the scourge of wind farm technology. As he told Sky News, that favourite network for scratching populists and reactionaries,

“massive amounts of wind farms, and solar panels which take up enormous amounts of land […] destroy koala habitat [and have] a massive impact on our environment … we destroy the environment to try and save it.”

The same senator has been a spoiler of any net zero emissions policy regarding greenhouse gases, much to the consternation of many members of his own party, and could barely conceal his delight at the wording of the 2021 Glasgow Climate Change communique that countries “phase down” rather than “phase out” coal burning. For Canavan, this meant that COP26 had given the “green light” for Australia to keep digging and “supply the world with more coal because that’s what brings people out of poverty.”

This burst of anti-wind farm criticism ignored the inconvenient fact that almost all the humpback whale strandings the subject of concern showed signs of vessel strike. In February 2023, the Marine Mammal Commission released a statement confirming the view that “there is no evidence to link these strandings to offshore wind energy development”.

This month, Greenpeace published a piece stating that “offshore wind farms aren’t killing whales.” While admitting the answer is a nuanced one, it concluded that “building offshore wind is way, way better for ocean wildlife than fossil fuels, especially offshore gas and oil.” No single peer-reviewed study, Greenpeace went on to note, has found that offshore wind farms are responsible for whale mortality.

The greatest threat to various whale populations lies in fishing, ship strikes, and oceanic disruptions arising from climate change. As, it would seem, those figures in eco-camouflage such as Dutton and Canavan, who continue to coddle fossil fuel companies intent on seismic blasting and offshore drilling.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a regular contributor to Global Research and Asia-Pacific Research. Email: [email protected] 

Featured image: A July 2017 holiday at Walkerville allowed me to explore South Gippsland and views of Wilsons Promontory, the Bald Hills wind farm and Cape Liptrap coastal reserve. (Source: John Englart/Licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

United States Secretary of State Antony Blinken among other high level White House officials have repeatedly stated since October 7 that one of their major objectives is to prevent the regionalization of the upsurge of resistance to the State of Israel in Gaza.

However, it is Washington which has laid the groundwork for an already broad area of conflict throughout West Asia from the Eastern Mediterranean to the Persian Gulf.

In the specific case of Yemen, the Pentagon under successive administrations have engaged in occupations, bombing operations and proxy wars. Between 2015 and 2022, the U.S. backing Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE), coordinated a genocidal war against the people of Yemen resulting in one of the worst humanitarian crises on a global scale.

With the rapid growth of the political influence of the Ansar Allah resistance movement within Yemen, the U.S. has targeted the organization claiming it is a surrogate of the Islamic Republic of Iran. Tehran has denied that any of the affiliates of the Axis of Resistance follow the orders of their government, noting only that they support these organizations politically since all have the same objectives of ridding the region of U.S. imperialism and Zionism.

Yemeni resistance forces have pledged to carry out military operations against the State of Israel in solidarity with the efforts of Hamas and other organizations fighting the occupation. The Ansar Allah describes the situation in Gaza as “ethnic cleansing.” This can easily be deduced from the language of the Israeli state which says its purpose in the Gaza war is to eliminate the Hamas organization which is the dominant political grouping in the Strip.

Since October 7, there has been another round of consistent blanket bombings focusing on residential areas, infrastructure, food and water supplies, schools, refugee camps and hospitals. Official statistics released from the Gaza Health Ministry indicate that over 14,000 people have been killed in less than two months. Most of those massacred are children and women. Many people have been bombed by the Israeli Air Force (IAF) while in their homes, churches, mosques and hospitals.

IDF and Israeli government spokespersons are given free reign within the western corporate and government-controlled media where lies are spread daily which apportions blame for the current situation on the resistance forces. Perhaps the most outrageous falsehoods center around the purported utilization of hospitals as military command posts for Hamas.

Yemen Heightens Efforts to End Imperialist Influence

Therefore, in Yemen and other countries in the region, resistance forces have expressed their solidarity with the people of Gaza in various ways. Mass demonstrations are occurring on a regular basis while military actions against Tel Aviv and the U.S. are escalating.

On November 19, Yemeni Naval Forces seized the Galaxy Leader vessel saying that such ships with Israeli owners will continue to be targeted until the military actions against the Palestinians cease. The capture of this ship coincided with numerous missile-launches against Israel by the Yemeni resistance forces.

In a report by the Naval Technology website, it says regarding the ship seizure by Yemeni resistance forces that:

“’The Yemeni armed forces deal with the ship’s crew in accordance with the principle and values of our Islamic religion,’ Houthi spokesperson Yahya Sare’e said in a statement on X (formerly Twitter). The exact whereabouts of the Galaxy Leader are unknown. It was believed to be en route from Turkey to India…. In footage of the hijacking released by the Houthis yesterday (20 November), armed Houthi fighters jumped aboard the moving Galaxy Leader ship from a helicopter. The 25 crew members were held at gunpoint as Palestinian and Yemeni flags were raised…. Sare’e added that the Houthis will continue to target ships operated or owned by Israeli companies. The Houthis claimed the hijacking was ‘in solidarity with Palestinian people in the wake of the brutal Israeli aggression on Gaza’. The Japanese Government yesterday (20 November) confirmed that the captured ship is operated by Tokyo-headquartered Nippon Yusen. Japan has said it is appealing to the Houthis while calling on authorities in Saudi Arabia, Oman and Iran for assistance in releasing the vessel and its crew. Two ships connected with Nippon Yusen have since diverted their routes in the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden, according to Reuters.” 

The seizure of vessels in the Red Sea places greater pressure on the U.S. to escalate its interventionist policies designed to preserve influence in this geopolitical region. A recent analytical review published in Al Jazeera suggests that other states such as Egypt, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates would not want to confront the Yemeni resistance since there is a truce between Sana’a and Riyadh. The normalization of relations between the Islamic Republic of Iran and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, a reproachment brokered by the People’s Republic of China during 2022, has curtailed the capacity of Washington to manipulate its longtime alliances with the conservative Gulf states.

Al Jazeera says of the present situation:

“Since October 7, the U.S. has deployed many assets to the Middle East, centered around two carrier strike groups (CSGs). The one in the Mediterranean, the CSG 12, is led by the newest and most modern nuclear-powered aircraft carrier, the USS Gerald R Ford. The CSG 2, currently in the Gulf of Oman, is fronted by the USS Dwight D Eisenhower. Each aircraft carrier is accompanied by a guided missile cruiser, two or three destroyers and a flotilla of auxiliaries, such as tankers, store ships and mobile repair bases. Each of the two CSGs has a clearly defined task: The CSG 12 is to monitor the wider area of Israel, Palestine, Lebanon, Syria and Iraq and act against any threats that could escalate the conflict. The CSG 2 is there to watch Iran and act against it if the situation escalates.” 

This large-scale military presence by the Pentagon represents a danger to the people within the region since Washington is the closest ally to Tel Aviv. Unless tensions are lessened at the aegis of the U.S., a wider military conflict appears to be unavoidable.

Pentagon Escalates Bombing of Iraq and Syria While Border Clashes Continue Between Lebanese Resistance and IDF

There have been dozens of attacks on U.S. bases in Iraq and Syria since the beginning of the Al-Aqsa Storm against the Israeli Occupation Forces (IOF) on October 7. In response, the U.S. Air Force has struck bases which they claim are connected with Iran.

On November 22, there was another U.S. bombing of a base of the Kataib Hezbollah resistance organization of Iraq. The town of Jurf al-Sakhar suffered the most damage where 8 people were killed.

An article published in The Cradle emphasized:

“The Iraqi resistance announced on 21 November it had targeted the Ain al-Assad base in Iraq twice, as well as the Al-Shaddadi base in Hasakah, northeastern Syria. The bases were struck ‘with appropriate weapons,’ which ‘directly hit’ all their targets. The Ain al-Assad base was hit with close-range ballistic missiles, resulting in eight injuries and material damage, according to two U.S. officials. U.S. bases in Iraq and Syria have come under almost daily fire by the Islamic Resistance of Iraq, a coalition of Iraqi resistance factions that banded together last month to confront U.S. forces in rejection of Washington’s support for Israel. The attacks are launched ‘in response to the crimes committed by the enemy against our people in Gaza.’ ‘U.S. forces have been attacked approximately 66 times since October 17. Thirty-two separate times in Iraq, and 34 separate times in Syria,’ the Pentagon announced on Tuesday evening. At least 60 U.S. soldiers have suffered traumatic brain injuries and other injuries.” 

In southern Lebanon where the Hezbollah resistance movement has engaged in cross-border fighting with the IDF, there has been a sharp escalation in property damage and deaths. On November 21, two reporters from the Al Mayadeen news agency were killed in targeted attacks by the IDF.

Lebanese parents of Al Mayadeen journalists killed by IOF (Source: Abayomi Azikiwe)

These journalists, Farah Omar and Rabih Me’mari, were mourned by their parents and the staff of Al Mayadeen. This media organization has been banned by the Israeli state from covering events in the West Bank.

On the following day of November 22, five Hezbollah party members were murdered in attacks by the IDF. A statement from the resistance movement said the five martyrs killed were: Abbas Raad, Ahmad Mustafa, Mohammad Hassan Sherri, Bassam Kanjo, and Khalil Shhimi. See this.

Since October 7, thousands of Israeli settlers have been evacuated from the northern region due to clashes between Hezbollah and the IDF. In addition to the tensions on the Lebanon-Israel border, activists are being targeted in the West Bank by the Israeli security forces where dozens have been killed.

Despite the claims by the administration of President Joe Biden of its desire to contain the war, the actual developments on the ground are moving swiftly in the direction of expansion. As the IDF continues its targeting of civilians and public institutions such as healthcare facilities in Gaza, Hamas and the Palestine Islamic Jihad have been regularly issuing videos of their operations against the IDF. See this.

Campaigns in solidarity with the Palestinian struggle must continue their demonstrations aimed at breaking all economic, military and political ties with the settler-colonial state. Until the Palestinian question is satisfactorily resolved there will be no peace and security in the region.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Abayomi Azikiwe

Britain’s SAS Abetting Gaza Genocide?

November 23rd, 2023 by Kit Klarenberg

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On October 28th, the DSMA’s chief wrote to editors of major British news outlets, demanding they not report or in any way mention the SAS is currently “deployed to sensitive areas” of West Asia.

It has been revealed Britain’s shadowy Defence and Security Media Advisory (DSMA) Committee is suppressing news reportage on clandestine Special Air Service (SAS) operations in Gaza. The eagerness of London’s military, security and intelligence apparatus to censor such disclosures is an unambiguous indicator Perfidious Albion is doing the devil’s work in the embattled Occupied Territories, and wants inconvenient, incriminating truths concealed.

The DSMA is a little-known, rarely discussed and highly secretive body. Comprised of senior representatives of the British Army, Ministry of Defence, domestic and foreign spying agencies, major government departments, press associations and TV and print outlets, it has for decades insidiously imposed a quintessentially British form of press censorship. The Committee decides the subjects and events related to national security that can be reported on, and how, with devastating effect.

On October 28th, the DSMA’s chief wrote to editors of major British news outlets, demanding they not report or in any way mention the SAS is currently “deployed to sensitive areas” of West Asia, conducting “hostage rescue/evacuation operations” of Britons caught up in Operation Al-Aqsa Flood, and Israeli genocidal counterattack. The Committee claimed such journalistic activity “could reveal details of operations or operating methods and techniques…which would bestow an advantage on an adversary,” and thus “endanger national security”:

“May I take this opportunity to remind editors publication of such information contravenes the DSMA notice code. I therefore advise claims of such deployments should not be published nor broadcast without first seeking [DSMA] advice. [The Committee] aims to prevent inadvertent disclosure of classified information about Special Forces and other units engaged in security, intelligence and counter-terrorist operations [in Gaza], including their methods, techniques and activities.”

Click here to read the full article on Al Mayadeen English.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Britain’s SAS Abetting Gaza Genocide? (Illustrated by Hady Dbouk to Al Mayadeen English)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Indian government’s intelligence agency, the Research and Analysis Wing, or RAW, has been planning assassinations targeting Sikh and Kashmiri activists living in foreign countries, according to secret Pakistani intelligence assessments leaked to The Intercept.

The intelligence documents identify a series of threats against people living in Pakistan from RAW, which Pakistani security officials believe is working in conjunction with local criminal and dissident networks to carry out assassinations and other attacks. According to the documents, RAW is targeting individuals and religious institutions alleged to support an armed insurgency in the disputed territory of Kashmir, as well as militant Sikh activists living in Pakistan and wanted by the Indian government.

Image: Photograph of the slain Canadian Sikh activist Hardeep Singh Nijjar. (Licensed under Fair Use)

The documents offer compelling substantiation for the sensational claim that India has been carrying out a transnational assassination program against its political enemies. The Canadian government first made headlines in September with the accusation that Indian intelligence agents orchestrated the assassination of Sikh Canadian activist Hardeep Singh Nijjar on Canadian soil. Nijjar was gunned down outside a gurdwara — a Sikh temple — this summer in Surrey, British Columbia.

In October in Britain, the family of activist Avtar Singh Khanda called for an inquest into his sudden death, alleging that he had been poisoned by Indian intelligence agents following a series of public threats to his life. In September, The Intercept reported on threats to Sikh activists in the U.S. after the FBI warned a number of Sikh Americans about intelligence showing that their lives were in danger after the killing of Nijjar. In 2022, a 75-year-old Sikh Canadian man named Ripudaman Singh Malik, who had been acquitted of involvement in a deadly bombing of an Air India flight in 1985, was shot to death in front of his family business in Canada under circumstances that remain unclear. Despite these accusations of involvement in international assassinations, which have caused increased friction in India’s foreign relations, so far little intelligence — Canadian, Pakistani, American, or otherwise — has been made publicly available about these killings.

According to a Pakistani intelligence assessment, this summer RAW was also targeting two Sikh activists in Pakistan for assassination in the cities of Lahore and Islamabad. One alleged target in Islamabad is unnamed, while another is Lakhbir Singh Rode, a prominent Sikh separatist leader living in Pakistan since the 1990s who has long been accused of terrorism by India’s government. Rode was involved in a movement that aimed to create an independent nation in the region of Punjab known as Khalistan in the 1980s and ’90s. That campaign was crushed by a brutal counterinsurgency that claimed the lives of thousands of Sikhs, while forcing many more into exile.

Rode’s son, a Canadian citizen named Bhagat Singh, is, like his father, prominent in the diaspora movement for Sikh separatism. He told The Intercept that his father has long been living under threat from Indian intelligence. 

“It is a well-known fact that he has been on the Indian government’s hit list for years,” Singh said, adding that he was also warned by Canadian intelligence about threats to his own life following the assassination of Nijjar this summer, which he presumes are from Indian intelligence.

“When [Nijjar] was killed, the response from many of us to our governments was, ‘We told you so,’” added Singh, referring to the community of diaspora Sikh activists. “But there is also a lot of anger that a foreign government could simply come here and murder a Canadian citizen.”

The Pakistani, Indian, and Canadian embassies did not provide comment for this story. The pace of suspected attacks inside Pakistan against individuals wanted by India appears to have accelerated in recent weeks. On November 13, India media reported the killing of another militant connected to an Islamist group in Karachi. The possible assassination followed the killings of two other Islamist militants wanted by India that had taken place recently in Pakistan’s tribal regions and the disputed territory of Kashmir. While covered in great detail by the Indian press, these killings have gone almost unmentioned in Pakistan, where local media and civil society are under de facto military control following the removal of former Prime Minister Imran Khan.

The lack of attention to the suspected assassinations of both political dissidents and militants has prompted calls for more pressure on India from some members of its diaspora. 

“Anyone who speaks out against the Indian government anywhere in the world is under threat,” said Singh.

The secret documents, which were produced by Pakistan’s Intelligence Bureau, a civilian-controlled security agency somewhat akin to the FBI, show serious concern that Indian intelligence will carry out more killings on its soil in the future.

In May, the Pakistan Intelligence Bureau warned that Indian intelligence agents based in two other countries, the United Arab Emirates and Afghanistan, are being activated to carry out operations in Pakistan, suggesting that Indian operatives have a footprint throughout the region. In September, an Intelligence Bureau document again warned that the Indian government’s intelligence agency was planning “terrorist attacks” and assassinations against targets inside Pakistan: RAW agents were operating from a militant training camp in the Afghan city of Spin Boldak, it said, “to target wanted / prominent Sikh personalities in Pakistan.”

The documents are marked “Not to be disclosed/Communicated to any unauthorized person,” and The Intercept is not publishing them in full in order to protect the source who provided them. The documents specifically name threats to militants involved in the Kashmiri and Sikh separatist causes, as well as conservative Islamic movements in Pakistan. One document states that,

“it has been learnt through reliable sources that hostile intelligence agency (RAW) with the collaboration of sub-nationalist groups / anti-state activists and local criminal networks is already planning to carry out terrorist attacks on the marakiz / masjid / religious seminaries / leaders / notables of Ahl-e-Hadith sect linked with organizations remained active in the Kashmir Jihad.” 

Inside Pakistan, a spate of assassinations and other attacks in recent years targeted people alleged to be involved in Sikh and Kashmiri separatism as well as Islamist militancy inside India. This October, the Pakistani government arrested people it says were involved in targeted killings of suspected militants inside Pakistan. The killings were attributed in public statements to a “hostile spy agency,” a common reference to Indian intelligence in Pakistani official communications. This summer, a former commando in Pakistan’s elite Rangers paramilitary unit was also arrested on accusations of running a network carrying out assassinations of accused militants on behalf of RAW.

“The general perception in the West is that India can do no wrong and that when Pakistan accuses India of doing these types of things, they’re just being paranoid. But that is not borne out by history,” said Arif Rafiq, a scholar at the Middle East Institute and specialist on Pakistan. “Usually, the truth of these things are only fully known decades later, but India has a long history of these types of actions. When you piece it all together, it seems clear that there is a campaign today by India’s government to take an offensive strategy against these groups.”

The Pakistani government has periodically accused RAW of involvement in bombings and targeted killings inside Pakistan, including attacks against Chinese nationals working in the country and bombings targeting militant leaders wanted by India. These attacks have often been claimed publicly by separatist or extremist groups at war with the Pakistani state, including in the restive provinces of Balochistan and Sindh, that Pakistan accuses of being supported by India. The Indian government, for its part, has denied involvement in these operations or patronage of Pakistan-based militant groups, while accusing Pakistan of supporting Sikh and Kashmiri militants who have fought against it in the past.

This March, the Atlantic Council, an American think tank, published an anonymous article titled, “Who is Behind the Killings of Kashmiri Militants in Pakistan?” The article pointed to the recent killings of several former Kashmiri insurgents living in Pakistan whom the author claimed had been murdered by Indian intelligence in attacks that were left unsolved, attributed to Pakistan-based separatist groups, or deemed by the police to have been robberies gone wrong. Many of the killings targeted people who had been involved in fighting during the peak of the 1990s-era insurgency in Kashmir, but had later settled down to live and work inside Pakistan. 

The article warned that the killings by Indian intelligence may torpedo attempts at rapprochement between India and Pakistan by inviting reprisals from militant groups themselves, stating,

“While militant groups that have operated in Kashmir are not as strong as they used to be, they still possess significant capabilities to strike back. The assassination of their former comrades, whether perceived or real, may trigger an angry response, thus endangering peace and stability in the region.”

The article also cited a former militant criticizing Pakistan’s military establishment for turning a blind eye to the killing of ex-militants on its soil as the Kashmir dispute has lost priority in Pakistan’s foreign policy.

The anonymously authored article was subsequently pulled from the Atlantic Council website. The article was replaced with a note stating it had been removed “because it did not go through the Atlantic Council’s standard editorial process prior to publication.” 

Image: Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale (12 February 1947 – 6 June 1984) (Licensed under Fair Use)

undefined

Rode, the individual named as a target in Pakistani intelligence documents, is the nephew of Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale, the Sikh militant leader of the 1980s separatist insurrection. That family connection has kept him on the radar of Indian authorities, who announced the confiscation of land belonging to Rode in India this fall amid a broader crackdown on diaspora Sikh dissidents and their families.

Rode, who is living in Lahore, was described in a Pakistani intelligence document as having already been surveilled by Indian intelligence agents at a housing complex and gurdwara in the city. Information about his place of residence and the gurdwara that he frequents are included in the report, which suggests that he and another Sikh activist are at imminent risk from Indian agents or locals acting under Indian instruction. The documents warn Pakistani officials to use “heightened vigilance” and “foolproof security measures” to guard them. 

According to family members, threats to Rode have increased in recent years, forcing him to go deeper into seclusion. His son, Bhagat Singh, says that surveillance photographs of his father’s car and residence had previously been sent to Pakistani authorities by Indian intelligence, as part of a demand by India to Pakistan to turn him over.

Singh said that he himself had been placed on Canada’s no-fly list after the Indian government accused him of involvement in planning terrorist attacks in India. Singh, who is seeking legal means to remove himself from the list, strongly rejects these accusations, saying that they are part of an international campaign by the Indian government to silence dissidents in its diaspora.

“The Sikh diaspora holds protests and lobbies Western governments to speak up against the Indian government, and it is for this that we are being targeted,” Singh said. “They don’t have to prove anything in court when they make these accusations. They simply label anyone as a terrorist who fights for their rights or says that they don’t want to live under their rule anymore after what has been done to them.”

Though the Khalistan movement has been mostly suppressed in Indian Punjab, supporters have continued to rally for the cause in the diaspora, including from Pakistan and Western countries. As a result of recent protests in Western countries, some of which have resulted in vandalism and threats to Indian consular staff, the Indian government has angrily accused foreign states of nurturing the Khalistan movement in exile. Many Sikhs themselves reject what they say is an attempt by the Indian government to extend its political authority over them even as they live and gain citizenship in foreign countries.

“The diaspora is an extension of people from Punjab,” said Harinder Singh, senior fellow at the Sikh-related public education organization the Sikh Research Institute. “When dissent is being crushed, even at the level of using extrajudicial killings inside Punjab, the people who manage to escape will of course find ways to talk about these issues from abroad.”

In addition to high-profile suspected murders in Western countries, recent years have also seen at least two killings of supporters of the Khalistan movement in Pakistan. In May, Paramjit Singh Panjwar, the leader of a Pakistan-based Sikh militant organization was shot to death by an assailant on a motorcycle while out for a walk near his home in Lahore. His killing came two years after the murder of another Sikh activist in Pakistan named Harmeet Singh, who was also shot to death in Lahore near the same gurdwara frequented by Rode.

“India has been carrying out activities like this in South Asia for years. The only difference is that today they have been discovered doing it in a Western democracy,” said Harinder Singh. “Despite many hypocrisies among Western democracies, one thing that they still do take very seriously is a foreign power taking the lives of their own citizens.”

Following the assassination of Nijjar in Canada this summer, Pakistan again publicly alleged that India was running a “network of extra-territorial killings” that had now gone global. The Indian government has responded angrily to accusations from Canada and other Five Eyes countries that it is running a transnational assassination program. 

But as more details on the scope and nature of its operations come to light, the crisis over the killing of Nijjar, and potentially other Sikh dissidents, seems unlikely to disappear. The targeting of Rode and other Sikhs in foreign countries suggest that India is taking a more aggressive stance in targeting perceived enemies across borders, including through violent means.

“These killings show that India feels emboldened and that it has the geopolitical space to take these kinds of risks. There has never been an instance where it has been held to account for its excesses,” said Middle East Institute’s Rafiq. “Frankly, nobody would care if they were only killing people in Pakistan. It’s only until something happens on the other side of the world that people start paying attention.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: The Guru Nanak Gurdwara, outside of which Nijjar was killed (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

A group of hackers shared on the internet the personal data of several members of the Ukrainian Army’s Foreign Legion, including their names, ages, military experience, languages ​​spoken and telephone numbers, as well as a section with personal comments. This expose will surely hit the already low morale of foreign mercenaries, who will likely leave en masse as conditions become astronomically worse over the winter.

The Telegram social media network channel Joker DPR, known for previously hacking the Instagram page of commander-in-chief of the Armed Forces of Ukraine Valerii Zaluzhny and accessing the Ukrainian military software DELTA, published the names and personal information of more than 500 applicants for the 4th Battalion of the Foreign Legion of the Ukrainian Army.

Joker DPR also found and published the passports of more than 50 mercenaries, including male and female US citizens and those connected to the Ukrainian Ministry of Defence office in Ternopil, western Ukraine, something which has embarrassed Washington and shows that mercenaries are extremely vulnerable.

The Ukrainian Foreign Legion claims to comprise around 20,000 foreign people with military experience and knowledge. Kiev even opened a website for foreign fighters at the beginning of the conflict to help recruit. However, a year later, it was exposed that the Foreign Legion actually has 1,500 members, a far cry from the figures initially announced. It also turned out that many foreigners lacked military experience and knowledge.

According to German media, recruits for the International Ukrainian Legion are paid around 500 euros per month, and those fighting on the front lines reportedly receive a salary of 3,000 euros per month. Still, there were reports that foreigners had to buy weapons and equipment at a high price as Kiev did not provide these necessities.

“Give us some f*****g weapons please. We will not win with trash weapons,” James Vasquez, a US army veteran who volunteered in Ukraine, wrote on X (formerly Twitter) in April 2022. “We need m-16’s, M-4’s, ACOG’s, red dots, ammunition, ammunition, ammunition, javelins, f*****g old AT-4s I know are probably in some storage unit. Frag grenades, and if not… may as well bring Body bags.”

The ex-US Army staff sergeant shared a video revealing he had modified his own AK-47 out of his own pocket, complaining that he was expected to “go into battle with just my drones, AK-47 and one grenade and nothing else.”

Former Legion mercenaries also complained about corruption in the Ukrainian military ranks and problems with the payment of salaries. Western media has also cited problems in raising funds to arm Ukrainian foreign fighters, waste of money, and mysteriously missing shipments.

Now, it was revealed that many mercenaries who came to Ukraine are leaving the country after witnessing violent fighting, US media reported, citing Ukrainian Armed Forces officer Dmytro Kostyuk. 

Explaining how his platoon had manpower shortages and had to be supplemented with mercenaries, Kostyuk admitted to CNN on November 19 that

“For some [foreigners], it was the romance of war, for others it was a professional activity […] As a rule, they do not realise what they are getting into […] Foreigners are a different story, because they can easily terminate a contract, unlike Ukrainians. It happened to me – almost half of the people saw everything and said, ‘No, no, this is too much. This is not the kind of war we signed up for’.”

The Russian Defence Ministry has repeatedly stated that Kiev is using foreign mercenaries as “cannon fodder,” while the Russian military will continue to eliminate them throughout Ukraine. Those who came to fight for their own money have admitted in many interviews that the Ukrainian Armed Forces do not coordinate their actions well and that the possibility of surviving the combat is slim since the intensity of the conflict is not comparable to that of Afghanistan and the Middle East, to which they are accustomed.

However, not only Moscow has described the foreign mercenaries as “cannon fodder.” It is recalled that the Australian government warned on March 15 that foreigners fighting in Ukraine could end up being “cannon fodder,” which matches what British volunteer Matthew Robinson previously said:

“[foreigners] can be railroaded into a legion and sent to the front line very quickly. Even though you’ve got the best of intentions to help people, you could basically be cannon fodder.”

Issues within the ranks of foreign fighters have been reported on since the very start of the war, as James Vasquez attests too, and with the two-year anniversary of the war only two months away, the latest revelation on CNN demonstrates that these issues experienced at the beginning of the war are far from being overcome, especially as Russia’s attacks intensify. With this winter expected to be especially difficult, it can be anticipated that foreigners will continue losing morale and a willingness to fight Russia for the sake of Ukraine, and the threat of having their private information publicly revealed could be enough to make them leave even sooner.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Joining forces: The International Legion of Territorial Defense of Ukraine has enabled thousands of foreign volunteers to join the fight against the Russian invaders. Image: Mil.gov.ua / Wikimedia Commons

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

A new president was elected in Argentina this week. He is Javier Milei, a man from the financial sector with no political experience, who describes himself as an “anarcho-capitalist”. 

During the election campaign, Milei announced that he wanted to abolish numerous ministries and the Argentine central bank, privatize broadcasting, introduce the US dollar as the national currency and organize the trade in human organs in a market economy. Immediately after his election, he announced that his first trips would take him to the USA and Israel. 

Who is this man and what will he achieve?

Javier Milei is a 53-year-old economist who has worked at the major bank HSBC and in the past as an advisor to the Argentinian government. For 10 years he was chief economist at Corporación América International, an airport operator and one of the most important concessionaires of the Argentinian state – and a partner company of the World Economic Forum. The president of the company, billionaire and WEF contributor Eduardo Eurnakian, promoted Milei and brought him into politics – an interesting parallel to Ukrainian President Selenskyj and his patron, billionaire Kolomoisky. However, Eurnakian has distanced himself from his protégé since Milei’s derogatory comments about Pope Francis.

Like Selenskyj and his predecessor as Argentinian president, Alberto Fernandez, Milei is listed by the World Economic Forum as a contributor to its agenda. In fact, he has consistently represented the positions of the WEF in the recent past. Although initially against vaccination, he has argued for mandatory vaccination during the coronavirus crisis, is firmly on the side of the Zelensky regime in the Ukraine war and stands shoulder to shoulder with the IDF and Benjamin Netanyahu in the Israel war. 

The election campaign that brought Milei to power took place at a time of extremely difficult social and economic conditions for the Argentinian people. 50% of Argentinians are dependent on state payments and 40% live below the poverty line. Until the 1950s, Argentina was the richest country in South America, with a standard of living comparable to that in Europe.

The fact that things have gone downhill since then is mainly due to the fact that the country has become increasingly indebted and has therefore become more and more dependent on the International Monetary Fund IMF. To date, Argentina has received more than 20 loans from the IMF, including the largest loan ever granted by the IMF of 57 billion dollars in 2018. The country is currently in debt to the IMF to the tune of 44 billion dollars. Of course, the IMF loans are not available without clear instructions from the US-controlled financial institution. All loans are tied to so-called structural adjustment programs, which reduce the standard of living of the majority of the population through strict austerity policies.

Milei has now announced that he intends to take this austerity policy to a whole new level by completely slashing the social sector. In other words, he wants to proceed like the Greek government during the euro crisis. Pensions will fall, the healthcare and education systems will face drastic cuts and energy prices will certainly be raised – all for the benefit of the IMF.

By dismantling the central bank, Milei will certainly not take the country one step forward, as the replacement of the peso and the introduction of the US dollar will not free Argentina but will make it 100 percent subject to the US central bank, the Federal Reserve, and its monetary policy, turning Argentina into a colony of the United States.  

The fact that Milei was mainly elected by poor young Argentinians is revealing. On the one hand, this shows that the social media and the financiers behind them obviously gave him a lot of support, but on the other hand it also shows the social desperation of many people who were left with only the choice between plague and cholera in this election.

In any case, one thing is certain: as president, Milei will pursue the agenda of the digital-financial complex from day one, submit to the Fed, which is now dependent on BlackRock, and launch the toughest and harshest austerity program in South American history to date. However, this will put him in direct confrontation with the majority of the Argentinian population. The disillusionment that we will soon experience will be extremely great – and will certainly lead to enormous social upheaval in the country.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ernst Wolff was born in China in 1950 and spent his childhood in Korea. After studying in Germany and the USA, he worked as an interpreter, language teacher and screenwriter. Since the 1990s, he has been working as a journalist on the relationship between politics and “nance. He has published numerous articles on this subject and written several non-fiction books (World Power IMF, Financial Tsunami and Wolf of Wall Street). With the highly acclaimed book World Power IMF he became an acknowledged bestselling author. With World Economic Forum he continues this success. His investigative research and detailed knowledge of the global monetary system make him one of the top authors in the fields of economics, “nance and political economy. Ernst Wolff runs his own info channels on YouTube, Telegram and Odysee and regularly reaches an audience of millions.

Featured image is licensed under CC0


World Economic Forum: The Global Shadow Elite

by Ernst Wolff

Publisher: ‎ Clearsight Media (April 14, 2023)

Language: ‎ English

Paperback: ‎ 258 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1739777913

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1739777913

Click here to order.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

In a previous article I initially published in February 2023 titled ‘1500 scientists say ‘Climate Change Not Due to Co2’ – The real environment movement was hijacked,’ I provided evidences and testimonies from renowned international climate scientists that contradict the UN assertion that climate change is caused by CO2 emissions.

I also referred to the conclusion of 1500 climate scientists and climate professionals at the Climate Intelligence Foundation that the climate changes naturally and slowly in its own cycle, and that solar activity is the dominant factor in climate; and that CO2 emissions or methane from livestock, such as cows, are not the dominant factors in climate change. This is comprehensively detailed in the books Transcending the Climate Change Deception Toward Real Sustainability and in the book Climate CO2 Hoax.

The UN climate change, sustainable development and green economy policies over the past 30 years are little more than worldwide marketing tricks that have tragically brainwashed two generations of young people who do not understand what the UN actually is, and who is it is really designed to serve.

This current globalised system involves the promotion of beliefs and fake science that claim to be unchallengeable truths, but are, in fact, ideologies in which evidence is manipulated, twisted, and distorted to prove the ‘governing idea’, and thus promote its worldwide dissemination. They start with the conclusion they want and then wrench and manipulate what scant evidence they can to fit that conclusion. Man-made climate change due to anthropogenic carbon emission is a major example of this. 

Institutions, including the UN, the World Economic Forum (WEF), and the World Health Organisation (WHO), are privately-motivated unelected unaccountable organisations controlled by the source of debt-money creation, i.e., the world private-banking cartel; and are just clever marketing tools and political mechanisms for implementing and maintaining a corrupt worldwide system, under the clever guise of ‘fixing the problems of the world’. 

The word “sustainable” was hijacked decades ago, and it is now deceptively used to advance the agendas of globalist mega-corporate interests who couldn’t care less about the environment. The aim is to catapult humanity into the arms of UN Agenda 2030 and other deceptive marketing plans entirely aligned with the objectives of the so-called elites of the WEF Davos group. 

In this article I share some of my recent experiences in relation to the seemingly endless madness and delusion in relation to the UN climate / CO2 reduction agenda. CO2 reduction is the main focus of the UN-promoted climate-change-hysteria that has been rampant among the world’s population. Due to incessant UN, government, and corporate-promoted climate change propaganda, many people are, thus, in a media-induced state of confusion, and, thus, blindly assume their pre-determined role in society under this ‘dictatorship of words’ without even being aware of it. We now have millions of so-called climate change fanatics blind to the fact that climate change is not actually caused by carbon emissions, nor methane emissions from cows. 

UN Agenda 2030 is not about real environmentalism it is all to scare people into accepting totalitarian authority and limitations to their freedom and personal wellbeing. To paraphrase George Carlin: “political correctness is totalitarianism pretending to be manners”. 

The brainwashed climate fanatics are the climate police of social convention – a deluded unpaid self-righteous police force criticising all and sundry who are not keeping their carbon emissions to a minimum. These narcissists want to control the behaviour of others and have no problem with the slaughter of millions of methane-producing cows to ‘stop climate change’ – this not only deluded narcissism – it is insane. What did the gentle cow, traditionally regarded as a holy animal providing sustenance to mankind in the form of milk, do to deserve this mistreatment? 

Please note that I have no commercial interest in stating that climate change is not caused by CO2. In truth I am against ‘real’ pollution, and the reality is that the CO2 component is not a pollutant. Note that the UN focus is on CO2, but not on the thousands of real pollutants that corporate industrial globalisation creates. 

Bona-fide climate science has been largely circumvented by decades of UN-promoted propaganda, and therefore, much of society seems to have descended into CO2 reduction hysteria, whilst real environmental issues have become sidelined. In a lecture titled The imaginary climate crisis – how can we change the message? available on the Irish Climate Science Forum website[1], Professor Richard L Lindzen, Professor Emeritus of Atmospheric Sciences at MIT, summarised the battle against the climate hysteria as follows:

“in the long history of the earth there has been almost no correlation between climate and CO2… the paloeclimate record shows unambiguously that CO2 is not a control knob… the narrative is absurd…  it gives governments the power to control the energy sector… for about 33 years, many of us have been battling against the climate hysteria… 

Elites are always searching for ways to advertise their virtue and assert their authority. They believe they are entitled to view science as a source of authority rather than a process, and they try to appropriate science, suitably and incorrectly simplified, as the basis for their movement. Movements need goals, and these goals are generally embedded in legislation. The effect of legislation long outlasts the alleged science. As long as scientists are rewarded for doing so they are unlikely to oppose the exploitation of science… 

the educated masses are aware of their scientific ignorance and this leaves them very insecure… they need simple narratives it allows them to believe that they actually do understand the science, and as we see today with climate it allows them to become ignorantly proud of their alleged accomplishment… Our task is to show the relevant people the people who make decisions for us, the political people, the overall stupidity of this issue… it is likely that we have to capitalise on the insecurity of the educated elite and make them look silly instead of superior and virtuous.” – Richard L Lindzen, Professor Emeritus of Atmospheric Sciences, MIT

Perhaps Professor Lindzen hit the nail on the head when he stated “we have to capitalise on the insecurity of the educated elite and make them look silly instead of superior and virtuous” to save society from descending into further climate madness.

Deluded CO2 (Carbon) Emissions Activists

I can only relate my recent experiences of encountering deranged climate / CO2 activists. Last winter I rented a wood cabin in a remote part of rural Ireland. It was owned by a very nice woman skilled in gardening and growing herbs, yet when I bought wood logs for the wood stove, this climate-conscious soul almost had a heart attack! She would not allow the burning of wood logs in the stove because of, you guessed it, climate change. This is not the first time I have encountered this bizarre condemnation of people burning wood logs. What can be done? These people may mean well, but are brainwashed. Wood is a renewable resource, but God forbid the climate warrior sees anyone burning wood in a stove to keep warm during winter – even in rural locations. Thinking about the CO2 (carbon) emissions this misled environmentalist almost spontaneously combusted into angry ashes.

A few weeks, whilst writing another book, I stayed temporarily in what is known in Ireland as ‘bed and breakfast’ accommodation. It was owned by a woman who turned out to be even more of a deluded soul / ‘CO2 fanatic’. Certainly “waste not want not” is a traditional truism”, however after rabbiting on continually about CO2 emissions and lambasting anyone wasting tiny amounts of electricity by not immediately turning off small devices, the hypocritical loonytune then proceeded to fly to Switzerland on a CO2 emitting plane, and, it turned out, had recently visited Australia. Such self-entitled hypocrisy seemingly occurs amongst some of the ‘climate warriors’ and deluded ‘green’ politicians, as they castigate the people of the world for their CO2 emissions, yet will jump aboard a CO2 emitting plane to fly to the latest climate conference and shriek some more nonsense like Greta Thunberg wannabee’s.

The CO2 fanatic upon returning from Switzerland discovered that I had neglected to turn off an internet router in the property whilst it was not in use. Connection was via ethernet cable with WIFI ‘off’ and it used a very small amount of electricity, yet this discovery caused this distressed soul to shriek at me that I was “an energy squanderer!”. Meanwhile, she heated her house with electricity (no wood stoves allowed) and drove around in an electric car that used a lot of electricity – ignorantly proud that she was ‘saving the planet from climate catastrophy’. What can be done? It should be known that electric cars are actually a “squanderous” or in-efficient use of energy as the conversion of fossils fuels to electricity involves a significant energy loss – the ‘well-to-tank’ energy efficiency has been estimated to be around 37%. If this person was driving a petrol or diesel car it would be a more energy-efficient means of transport. Not to mention the vast amounts of real pollution to land, air and water systems that does occur via the industrial mining and processing of rare earth metals for the production of millions of large batteries for electric cars! 

Whilst I felt some compassion for this distressed soul who seemed to be living in a mental cul-de-sac, I realised it was pointless to try to convince this fanatic of her delusion or that she was a victim of corporate and political propaganda. It dawned on me that the poor woman was suffering from ‘climate insanity’ and wouldn’t know the difference between ‘real sustainability’ and the ‘UN brand of political sustainability’ if it hit her on the head with the weight of an electric car battery. The unfortunate reality is that few people have access to bone-fide information on the climate subject, or have the time or capacity for independent mathematical or scientific analysis. Most of the population appear to be just going along with what the government, the United Nations, and TV tells them to do. Here I also include persons working for so-called sustainability organisations and government agencies worldwide that are promoting the bogus narrative that CO2 and methane emissions cause climate change, for example, the Sustainable Energy Association of Ireland. 

What can be done? You can’t wake up a person who is pretending to be asleep and you can’t un- brainwash a brainwashed person simply by telling them they are wrong. This is the madness that we are now living through. Perhaps we need a new type of mental asylum – an asylum for the ‘climate deranged’ person with pictures of windmills on the walls to keep the patients calm. Okay – I’m joking of course, but it seems to be getting crazier out there. 

Fake Environmentalists in Electric Cars – Suckers for Mega-corporate Advertising

The TV adverts contain smiling, good-looking people racing about in aerodynamic electric cars akin to dashing heroes saving the planet from imminent CO2-induced destruction. However, the people that have purchased these new electric cars with the misguided impression they are ‘saving the world’ have been fooled. They are unfortunate victims of emotive well-designed corporate marketing and deceptive political policies that are not actually environmentally friendly at all. For example, the manufacture of millions of electric car batteries, requires huge mining operations to acquire and refine large quantities of rare earth metals, such as lithium, rhodium and cobalt

Furthermore, these metals have to be mined out of the ground using machinery which is powered by carbon-emitting vehicles powered by diesel or petrol. More importantly, the mining and refining processes can cause significant and extensive pollution to land, air and water systems, for example in rural China and Mongolia[2]. Furthermore, these rare earth metals are a limited resource. Unlike the bogus CO2 / carbon agenda, these are real environmental problems. 

Furthermore, electric cars are still driven by electricity produced from fossil fuels and will most likely continue to be. Despite decades of government subsidies wind power provides less than 5% of the world’s energy, and solar just 1 %. The use of electricity to charge vehicles and devices is also an extremely in-efficient use of energy, according to a study by the European Association for Battery Electric Vehicles commissioned by the European Commission (EC):

“The ‘Well-to-Tank’ energy efficiency (from the primary energy source to the electrical plug), taking into account the energy consumed by the production and distribution of the electricity, is estimated at around 37%.“

Given the well-to-tank efficiency and as electricity is mostly produced from fossil fuels, the electric car may actually be guzzling more fossil fuel than a traditional diesel or petrol car! Therefore, those persons buying electric cars in the belief they are saving the planet are unfortunate victims of mega-corporate advertising, corporate-owned media, corporate greenwash, and greenwash politics. 

How many are actually concerned about God’s Earth? and how many are actually rabid consumerists addicted to keeping up with the neighbours, and with social norms created by the mega-corporations and political institutions of globalisation?

How many of the electric car brigade think about the environmental damage caused by the mining for rare earth metals used in electric car batteries while they cruise around self-righteously?

During my time working in UN environment, I recall a situation in Mongolia in which the rivers polluted by mining corporations reportedly caused the death and illness of hundreds of people using the water from these rivers. Living in climate change / CO2 ‘la la land’ some of these narcissists even spew verbal abuse at those people who don’t comply with their ideological insanity. What can be done?

Furthermore, some environmentalists appear to have taken the stance that “even if climate change is not caused by CO2 emissions, the UN CO2 reduction agenda is still justified as it would bring an end to the environmentally destructive globalisation paradigm”. However, this is clearly not the case, as the UN CO2 reduction agenda is clearly being used by the UN, governments, and mega-corporations to promote the sale of millions upon millions of electric vehicles with very large batteries, the production of which causes vast amounts of real pollution to land, air and water systems. The UN itself has been a bastion of environmentally destructive globalisation since its very inception – as other commentators have mentioned, now it is simply “globalisation painted green”. 

Wind Energy Is a Lot of Hot Air

In relation to wind energy I note the analysis of Professor David MacKay (1967 – 2016) former Regius Professor of Engineering at Cambridge University and former Chief Scientific Advisor to the UK’s Department of Energy and Climate Change, in his book Sustainable Energy without Hot Air[3]. His analysis shows that an area twice the size of the entire country of Wales would need to be completely covered with wind turbines to meet the energy demand in the U.K., based on average energy consumption per person. The following is an important extract from his book:

“… offshore wind farms, which, filling a sea-area twice the size of Wales, would provide another 50 kWh/d per person on average. Such an immense panelling of the countryside and filling of British seas with wind machines (having a capacity five times greater than all the wind turbines in the world today) may be possible according to the laws of physics, but would the public accept and pay for such extreme arrangements? If we answer no, we are forced to conclude that current consumption will never be met by British renewables. “

“Let’s be realistic. What fraction of the country [the UK] can we really imagine covering with windmills? Maybe 10%?..  if we covered the windiest 10% of the country with windmills (delivering 2 W/m2), we would be able to generate 20 kWh/d per person, which is half of the power used by driving an average fossil-fuel car 50 km per day… I should emphasize how generous an assumption I’m making. Let’s compare this estimate of British wind potential with current installed wind power worldwide. The windmills that would be required to provide the UK with 20 kWh/d per person amount to 50 times the entire wind hardware of Denmark; 7 times all the wind farms of Germany; and double the entire fleet of all wind turbines in the world” 

“The solar power capacity required to deliver this 50 kWh per day per person in the UK is more than 100 times all the photovoltaics in the whole world…  today, electricity from solar farms would be four times as expensive as the market rate…  paving 5% of the UK with solar panels seems beyond the bounds of plausibility in so many ways. If we seriously contemplated doing such a thing, it would quite probably be better to put the panels in a two-fold sunnier country and send some of the energy home by power lines.”

Based on Professor MacKay’s analysis, relying only on wind or solar renewable energy for the UK is mathematical madness, problematic and implausible. However, of course, most national politicians are not energy analysts or mathematicians. They naively rely on what their economists and advisors tell them, and clutch to that advice as if it were a childhood teddy bear. This is a mistake because the shocking and bizarre reality is that most economists appear to have no understanding or knowledge of Energy Returned on Energy Invested (EROEI). Most economists and policy makers are deluded by their own pseudo-science of contemporary economics and do not understand that the economy runs on energy and resources – not money! The creation of vast amounts of electronic or paper money from nothing will not the solve the energy problem. It takes vast amounts of actual fossil fuel energy to build a renewable energy production infrastructure. 

“These [UN] sustainable development goals, are all driving towards a Green Agenda, capitalism painted Green, at a horrendous cost for mankind and for the resources of the world. But it is sold under the label of creating a more sustainable world… They seem to ignore the enormous fossil fuel use to convert to a green energy-driven economy. ”- Peter Koenig, former Analyst at the World Bank

If You Want to be a Fake Environmentalist in Ireland Join the Green Party

If you want to be a fake environmentalist in Ireland join the Green Party, for green politics there has been almost fully hijacked by the CO2 / carbon emissions and wind energy agenda and its financial sponsors for at least 15 years. Real environmental concerns have been side-lined by the bogus CO2 agenda. I am not so familiar with the policies of Green Parties in other countries, yet the CO2 reduction agenda appears to be a commonality. The funding of the entire world economy is now based on a dangerous net-zero greenhouse gas (GHG) strategy. Note that the world’s central bankers are at the root of this decision and are fully funding the worldwide climate change ‘project’. The central bankers are the folks that are behind all this nonsense. The Bank for International Settlements created the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure, which represents the world’s mega-banks and $118 trillion of assets globally (that is 118 thousand billion dollars – a huge chunk of the assets of the entire world). As other commentators have pointed out, green politics is now just globalisation painted green. More about my correspondence with the Green Party another time.

It should be noted that for decades these same mega-banks have rampantly promoted corporate economic globalization and fossil fuel dependency. Whilst, at the same time actively hindering the funding, creation, or government support of, more self-sufficient local communities/regions, and local co-operatives.

Most of the world population thus became reliant on the globalized fossil-fuel dependent system. What about the dastardly financialists behind the CO2 hoax I may hear you say? In my experience few climate CO2 activists today are willing to contemplate the possibility that they are wrong, or that they have been lied to by the government. As the saying goes “it takes two to tango”. There will always be the cheaters and the cheated, the manipulators and the manipulated. One group cannot exist without the other.

Central Bankers Hijacked the Real Environmental Movement in 1992 Creating the Fake Climate Change Agenda

Whistleblower George Hunt served as an official host at a key environmental meeting in Denver, Colorado in 1987, and states that David Rockefeller; Baron Edmund De Rothschild; US Secretary of State Baker; Maurice Strong, a UN official and an employee of the Rockefeller and Rothschild trusts; EPA administrator William Ruccleshaus; UN Secretary General in Geneva MacNeill, along with World Bank and IMF officials were at this meeting. Hunt was surprised to see all these rich elite bankers at the meeting and questioned what they were doing there at an environmental congress. 

In a video recording[4], Hunt later provided important evidence from the documents of the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 3-14 June 1992. This conference was the well-known UN ’92 Earth Summit and was run by UNCED. According to Hunt, via the Earth summit, the UN was setting a net, an agenda, to place the power over the Earth and its peoples into their own hands. Hunt refers to these banking families and their financial and international institutional networks as:

“The same world order that tricked third world countries to borrow funds and rack up enormous debts… and purposely creating war and debt to bring societies into their control. The world order crowd are not a nice group of people…”– George Hunt, Whistleblower speaking about the UN Earth summit of 1992 

As a consequence of the UN Earth Summit, the genuine environment movement that actually cared about real pollution to land, air and water, was politically hi-jacked by powerful political and financial interests with a different agenda.

Maurice Strong, a UN official and an employee of the Rockefeller and Rothschild trusts, had convened the first UNCED congress in Stockholm, Sweden, in 1972. Then, 20 years later he was the convenor and secretary general of UNCED. Hunt also provided video evidence from the Fourth UNCED World Congress meeting in 1987 of an international investment banker, stating that: 

“I suggest therefore that this be sold not through a democratic process that would take too long and require far too much funds to educate the cannon-fodder, unfortunately, which populates the Earth. We have to take almost an elitist program…”

Thus, the decrees leading to the 1992 UN Earth summit were dictated without debate or opportunity for dissent and would supersede national laws. The decrees were dictated into existence by the banker Edmund de Rothschild, who got these major decrees into the ’92 UN resolutions without debate or challenge.

Hunt asserts that he was denied the opportunity to openly challenge Rothschild’s remarks by the meeting Chairman; and describes that the Rothschild bank of Geneva is the nucleus of the World Conservation bank and the wealthy elite are integrated into the bank via the Rothschilds private offering of shares.

God’s creation

Whatever your opinion on the climate debate, I conclude by mentioning that the ancient scriptures of the world tell us a higher truth – everything we use has been provided to us by the grace of God. Whether we are eating nice food, drinking a pint of beer, building a house, flying in a plane, or even driving an electric car, the resources all came from the resources of the Earth, God’s creation. Therefore, according to scripture, in our capacity as temporary stewards of nature, we should acknowledge, and thank, God the Creator. Respect for God, and love of God being the essence of all original scripture.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Mark Gerard Keenan, is a former scientist at the UK Government Dept. of Energy and Climate Change, and at the United Nations Environment Division. He is author of the following books:

Notes

[1]  The Irish Climate Science Forum website URL is www.icsf.ie

[2] Source: https://www.theguardian.com/environment/2012/aug/07/china-rare-earth-village-pollution

[3] The book “Sustainable Energy without Hot Air” by Professor David MacKay, Regius Professor of Engineering at Cambridge University and former Chief Scientific Advisor to the UK’s Department of Energy and Climate Change, is available for free at: https://withouthotair.com/

[4] Source: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RqlFGQQ-lTI 

Featured image: Protestors at venue of Glasgow summit on climate change (Source: Indian Punchline)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On November 16, two Palestinian human rights organizations, three Palestinians and five Palestinian Americans brought an emergency motion in United States federal court to immediately force President Joe Biden, Secretary of State Antony Blinken and Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin to stop providing additional weapons, money, and military and diplomatic support to Israel, which is committing genocide in Gaza.

“Our Palestinian clients are asking the court to urgently order Biden, Blinken and Austin to stop supporting Israel’s genocide,” said Maria LaHood, Deputy Legal Director of Center for Constitutional Rights which filed the lawsuit on behalf of the Palestinians, in an interview with Truthout. “Israeli officials stated their intent to eliminate everything in Gaza, and then proceeded to carpet-bomb it, killing more than 11,000 people, including nearly 5,000 children thus far — many more are missing, buried under rubble, crushed and suffocating before they die.”

LaHood also pointed to Israel’s ongoing siege in which Palestinians in Gaza remain cut off from food, water and electricity.

“Those still alive are starving and drinking contaminated water, fearing being bombed. Yet the U.S. continues to expedite weapons and other support, in defiance of its international law obligation to prevent genocide, not fuel it,” LaHood told Truthout. “Our clients, who have already collectively lost more than 116 of their family members, are asking the court to provide preliminary relief so they do not suffer even more irreparable harm.”

The motion for preliminary injunction is grounded in U.S. officials’ legal duty to prevent — not exacerbate — Israel’s ongoing genocide against the Palestinian people in Gaza. The motion says that an immediate court order is necessary to protect the plaintiffs from “irreparable harm.” Some of the plaintiffs face a grave risk of death from Israel’s war on Gaza.

Palestinians Sue Biden, Blinken and Austin

The emergency motion that the group of Palestinians filed on November 16 came days after the same group of Palestinian plaintiffs sued Biden, Blinken and Austin in the U.S. District Court of Northern California for failure to prevent genocide and complicity in genocide.

Palestinians who fled their homes gather at al-Quds Hospital after Israeli air attacks on the Tel al-Hawa neighbourhood of Gaza City on October 31, 2023 [Mohammed Saber/EPA-EFE]

The complaint — which the group filed on November 13, after more than five weeks of Israel’s unrelenting slaughter in Gaza — alleges violations of the Genocide Convention, the Genocide Convention Implementation Act and customary international law which forbids genocide.

Plaintiffs include Defense for Children International – Palestine; Al-Haq; three Palestinian individuals who reside in Gaza and five Palestinian Americans who have family in Gaza.

“To be honest, it’s difficult to revisit all the scenes of the past weeks. They open a door to hell when I recall them,” said Plaintiff Dr. Omar Al-Najjar, an intern physician at Nasser Medical Complex in Khan Yunis, Gaza. “I’ve lost five relatives, treated too many children who are the sole survivors of their families, received the bodies of my fellow medical students and their families, and seen the hospital turn into a shelter for tens of thousands of people as we all run out of fuel, electricity, food and water. The U.S. has to stop this genocide. Everyone in the world has to stop this.”

Team Biden continues to unequivocally and unconditionally enable Israel’s genocide in Gaza. But Biden, Blinken and Austin are finally being called to account in court — as well as in the streets around the world — for their unwavering and illegal support of Israeli genocide.

The U.S. sends $3.8 billion in annual military assistance to Israel, more than it provides to any other country. Israel has special access to U.S. military stockpiles, likely worth up to $4.4 billion. The U.S. has long provided political and diplomatic cover to Israel by blocking resolutions in the United Nations Security Council condemning Israel’s human rights violations, and undermining efforts to hold Israelaccountable in the International Criminal Court (ICC).

Israel Is Committing Genocide in Gaza

Article II of the Genocide Convention defines genocide as specific acts “committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial or religious group.” The acts include: 1.) killing members of the group; 2.) causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group; and 3.) deliberately inflicting conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part.

As of November 10, Israeli occupying forces had killed more than 11,078 Palestinians in Gaza, 4,506 of whom were children. Israeli forces had caused serious bodily and mental harm by injuring 27,490 people in Gaza. About 2,700 more, including approximately 1,500 children, were missing. Israel also forced the displacement of 1.5 million people, half the population of Gaza.

For the past five weeks, the Israeli government has intensified its preexisting and already severe blockade of Gaza, with a “total siege” by further restricting the entry into Gaza of basic necessities, including food, water, medicine and fuel, and by cutting off electricity.

Jabaliya refugee camp bombed in Gaza

In his declaration in support of the motion for preliminary injunction, Professor William Schabas, a leading expert on genocide who is also Jewish, wrote that the “avowed policy of depriving Gaza of water, food, medicine and electricity, bearing in mind the rather desperate economic situation in the territory prior to the conflict and the fact that the borders are sealed, leaving the people of Gaza with nowhere to go, will inexorably lead to their physical destruction. If the siege and blockade continue, there can be no other outcome.”

Public statements by Israeli leaders constitute evidence of an “intent to destroy, in whole or in part” a “national group.” Palestinians in Gaza constitute a substantial part of the Palestinian nation.

Senior Israeli officials and politicians have used dehumanizing rhetoric to describe Palestinians in Gaza, calling them “human animals” and “children of darkness,” and refusing to distinguish between civilians and combatants, declaring that the whole population of Gaza is responsible for the Hamas-led October 7 attack.

The New York Times reported that, “Calls for Gaza to be ‘flattened,’ ‘erased’ or ‘destroyed’ had been mentioned about 18,000 times since Oct. 7 in Hebrew posts on X, the site formerly known as Twitter, said FakeReporter, an Israeli group that monitors disinformation and hate speech.”

Biden, Blinken and Austin Violated Legal Duty to Prevent Genocide

Article I of the Genocide Convention imposes a duty on all States Parties, which include Israel and the U.S. who have ratified the treaty, to prevent genocide. The International Court of Justice said in the case of Bosnia and Herzegovina v. Serbia and Montenegro that “a State’s obligation to prevent, and the corresponding duty to act, arise at the instant that the State learns of, or should normally have learned of, the existence of a serious risk that genocide will be committed.”

The Center for Constitutional Rights’s motion for preliminary injunction charges that, “Defendants have been on notice of the risk of genocide since at least October 9, if not already on October 7, through the public and widely circulated statements and actions by Israeli officials with whom they were in close, regular contact and consultation, as well as by warnings of indicators of genocide from United Nations officials and other sources that have only increased since then.”

Reports and images of Israel’s assault on the Palestinians in Gaza accompanied by words and actions of Israeli leaders revealing the intention to ethnically cleanse Gaza of Palestinians have been ubiquitous.

Yet instead of fulfilling their legal duty to prevent the unfolding genocide, Biden, Blinken and Austin poured gasoline on the fire by sending Israel vast amounts of weaponry, money and advisory support. On October 18, the U.S. vetoed a UN Security Council resolution that would have called for a ceasefire and urged Israel to rescind its order to 1.1 million Palestinians in northern Gaza to leave their homes and move to southern Gaza.

Biden, Blinken and Austin Are Complicit in Israel’s Genocide

Complicity to commit genocide can only occur if there is a punishable act of genocide by another state or persons. The accomplice enables or facilitates the crime but doesn’t have to share the specific intent to commit genocide. A defendant may be liable for genocide if he knowingly provides assistance, encouragement or moral support for the crime.

Furnishing arms and ammunition and operational support and advice that armed forces use to commit atrocities can constitute aiding and abetting if the defendant knew his actions would assist the international law violation.

The lawsuit charges that defendants Biden, Blinken and Austin transferred a significant amount of weapons and military equipment to Israel. They asked Congress to appropriate $14.1 billion in additional military assistance to Israel. Blinken authorized a $320 million transfer of military equipment to an Israeli manufacturer of kits for precision bombs.

U.S. leaders are intimately involved in day-to-day assistance to Israel as it bombards Gaza. On October 30, Defense Deputy Press Secretary Sabrina Singh stated that Defense Department and other officials, “all the way up to the president have certainly informed and at least guided some of what the Israelis are doing on the ground in their ground operation,” the complaint says.

President Joe Biden participates in a restricted bilateral meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at the Hotel Kempinski in Tel Aviv, Israel, Wednesday, October 18, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Cameron Smith)

U.S. officials refuse to place any limitations on Israel’s use of U.S.-furnished weaponry to carry out its genocidal assault on the Palestinians in Gaza. On November 7, Singh admitted that “we don’t put conditions on weapons that … we’re sending or that Israel is using.”

Further, Biden continues to refuse to call for a ceasefire. On November 9, when asked at a press briefing about the chances of a ceasefire, he replied, “None. No possibility.”

The complaint states,

“As Israel’s closest ally and strongest supporter, being its biggest provider of military assistance by a large margin and with Israel being the largest cumulative recipient of U.S. foreign assistance since World War II, the United States has the means available to have a deterrent effect on Israeli officials now pursuing genocidal acts against the Palestinian people in Gaza.”

Lawsuit Seeks Declaratory and Injunctive Relief

In their lawsuit, the Palestinian plaintiffs are asking the court to declare that defendants Biden, Blinken and Austin violated their duty under customary international law, as part of federal common law:

  1. to take all measures within their power to prevent Israel from committing genocide against the Palestinian people in Gaza;
  2. that prohibits their complicity in genocide, by knowingly continuing to provide assistance that enables and facilitates Israel’s commission of genocidal acts against the Palestinian people in Gaza.

The plaintiffs are also seeking an injunction ordering defendants to take all measures within their power to prevent Israel’s commission of genocidal acts against the Palestinians in Gaza, including but not limited to ordering defendants to exert influence over Israel to:

  1. end its bombing of the Palestinian people of Gaza, resulting in mass killing and serious injury;
  2. lift the siege on Gaza and allow all electricity, fuel, food, water and humanitarian aid into Gaza; and
  3. prevent the “evacuation” or forcible transfer and expulsion of Palestinians from Gaza and ensure freedom of movement.

Finally, plaintiffs are asking the court to issue an injunction to prohibit defendants from:

  1. providing, facilitating, or coordinating military assistance and financing to Israel, including sales, transfer or delivery of weapons and arms to Israel, and providing military equipment and personnel, advancing Israel’s commission of genocidal acts;
  2. obstructing attempts by the international community, including at the UN, to implement a ceasefire and lift the siege on Gaza.

The lawsuit says that even the crimes committed by the military wing of Hamas on October 7 that killed approximately 1,200 Israelis, including many civilians, and kidnapped 240 others, cannot legally justify the targeting of an entire population and collective punishment the Israeli government has meted out, let alone genocide.

Israel, as an occupying power, cannot claim self-defense against the people it occupies, the lawsuit maintains. Moreover, the intent to commit genocide repeatedly expressed by Israeli officials belies any claim to self-defense.

“Article 51 of the U.N. Charter, which sets the confines for the invocation and use of self-defense by States, is inapplicable when the threat originates from a territory over which Israel exercises control,” the lawsuit states, citing the International Court of Justice’s Advisory Opinion in “Legal Consequences of Construction of a Wall in Occupied Palestinian Territory.”

Congress is considering the request by Biden, Blinken and Austin to authorize more than $14 billion in additional military assistance to Israel. On November 3, the National Lawyers Guild, Center for Constitutional Rights and Palestine Legal sent a letter to congressmembers alerting them that they could face legal liability for aiding, abetting, inciting or conspiring to commit genocide by appropriating funds to support Israel’s ongoing genocide.

A hearing on the plaintiffs’ motion for preliminary injunction is set for January 11, 2024, in the Oakland, California, courtroom of Judge Donna M. Ryu.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Copyright © Truthout. May not be reprinted without permission.

Marjorie Cohn is professor emerita at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, former president of the National Lawyers Guild, and a member of the national advisory boards of Assange Defense and Veterans For Peace, and the bureau of the International Association of Democratic Lawyers. She is founding dean of the People’s Academy of International Law and the U.S. representative to the continental advisory council of the Association of American Jurists. Her books include Drones and Targeted Killing: Legal, Moral and Geopolitical Issues. She is co-host of “Law and Disorder” Radio.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

State of Palestine UN Representative, Nada Abu Tarbush, gives an eviscerating address to the State of Israel at the 5th Meeting the High Contracting Parties (CCW), Geneva on 17 Nov 2023.

To the other states and civil society in the room, let me simplify Israel’s statement for you. Other than throwing insults around and other grave baseless accusations, Israel said something that should make all you shudder. It effectively said, “I can kill any and every person in Gaza. The 2.3 million people in Gaza are either terrorists or terrorist sympathizers or human shields and are therefore legitimate targets. Every person, according to Israel, falls into one of these three categories — a child, a journalist, a doctor, a UN staff, a newborn baby in an incubator.”

Watch the video below for the complete address. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Aug. 6, 2022 – Redford, MI – 17 year old Aubrynn Grundy had 1st Pfizer mRNA on June 7, 2022 and 2nd Pfizer mRNA on June 28, 2022. She went on a school trip and started to feel sick. She suffered a heart attack in ER, was hospitalized, deteriorated rapidly and died on Aug. 6, 2022. Her death was blamed on COVID-19.

Aubrynn Grundy, my niece (17) is fighting for her life.

She was diagnosed with covid-19 while on a trip she earned through school. This trip was earned through a vote among teachers and students. Aubrynn and one other student were voted kindest in their school, specifically pertaining to human rights. She was picked for being kind, which makes it all the more heartbreaking.

It was an all expenses paid trip that would take her all over the country and to parts of Canada. But, after feeling sick in Canada, she had tested positive for Covid. In New York, Aubrynn was so weak and sick that my sister, Shanna, packed up the car with the family and drove the twelve hour round trip to get her.

Once home, she only got worse and her breathing was so low that they rushed her into the ER. While waiting, her breathing became faint and she collapsed on the floor. Her heart stopped for the first time.

She was put into a medically induced coma and onto a ventilator to help her breathe.

She was airlifted to Detroit Childrens Hospital where her dad, my sister and my sisters fiance would meet her. When they arrived, they were told that her heart had stopped again and that chest compressions and CPR were needed to bring her back.

Her blood pressure was so low, and her lungs so damaged, she couldn’t get any oxygen to her blood.

Her heart stopped one more time before the doctors were able to administer heart surgery, putting her on a ECMO machine to keep oxygen flowing to her blood.

Her oxygen levels rose after that, deeming the procedure a success, her body would now be able to get the oxygen it needs while also taking stress off of her lungs.

They ended the night having her stable, but still on life support. The following days were filled with uncertainties as the doctors were tasked with countless obstacles. Her body was attacking itself in every way possible.

Through all of the pain, we have celebrated small victories. She had the hiccups after being motionless for over 24 hours and we all gushed.

She has attempted to move her arms, has opened her eyes and responded to questions the best she can. And she gets grumpy if she is moved or sponged bathed 🙂

But, Aubrynn’s fight is still dire.

The medicine they have her on prevents clotting in the brain which can then block the vessels in her hands and feet. It’s a natural side effect but long term use can cause fingers and toes to die.

To save her life, doctors will need to amputate her limbs.

While Aubrynn fights, her mom and dad, (Shanna Pelton and Anthony Grundy) along side Aubrynns step dad, (Adam Carroll) are fighting with her. Because her condition is so severe at the moment, Shanna and Anthony cannot and will not leave her side.

Until things are more stable, Adam will be at home with Aubrynns three siblings.

This puts them all in a tough place as far as work, and loss of work. So, for the time being I’m asking for any and all help to take some financial stress off of this blended family.

As a family, we are overwhelmed with the love and support we have received during our darkest hour. Thank you all so much.

July 31st, 2022

As of today, July 31st, Aubrynn is still being kept under while her body fights to right itself.

She has been showing good neurological signs. When brought off sedation she follows commands with her eyes and shows signs of brain function. Her lungs are still damaged and they keep removing fluid when they can and they are treating the MRSA and the candida.

Her sweet heart is still the main focus and is showing signs of improvement, which is good. Her heart is not quivering anymore, which is amazing. Overall her numbers are still high across the board but they are coming down slowly.

Right now everything is going to be on a day by day / week by week basis.

Aubrynn will need to be amputated above the elbow on her arms and above the knee on her legs. But first her body needs to be healthy enough.

August 6th, 2022

With a broken heart, I’m devastated to update you all that Aubrynn lost her battle tonight at 7:22 pm.

Autopsy Shows “Multi-organ Failure” and “COVID-19”

My analysis and a look into medical literature — other similar COVID-19 mRNA vaccine-induced multi-organ failure cases: 

I have seen several cases of children with these Clinical Presentations and features and I will go over them: 

  • June 30, 2023 – 14 year old Mathias Uribe (soccer player)
  • Jan 9, 2023 – 20 year old Levi Dewey (soccer player)
  • Nov.9, 2022 – 18 year old Trista Martin
  • Aug.10, 2022 – 14 year old Japanese girl (Nushida et al)
  • Jan, 2022 – 20 year old Florida rock climber & model Claire Bridges

June 30, 2023 – TN – 14 year old soccer player Mathias Uribe had flu like symptoms mid June and 2 weeks later was taken to hospital where he had cardiac arrest, was put on life support (ECMO), was diagnosed with Strep pneumonia and toxic shock syndrome and had to have his hands and feet amputated. He survived. He came out of pediatric ICU after 143 days on Nov. 20, 2023. Presumed COVID-19 vaccinated to play soccer.

Jan 9, 2023 – 20 year old Levi Dewey (soccer player) went to hospital on Dec. 7, 2022 with flu like symptoms and breathing difficulties. His condition deteriorated and he went into septic shock with multi-organ failure. He spent 20 days on ECMO, 14 of which were in an induced coma. After 31 days he was taken off ventilator. He had to have below-knee amputation of both his legs.

Nov. 9, 2022 – Broken Arrow, OK – 18 year old Trista Martin had a check-up in July 2022 and got a Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA vaccine (to attend a concert) but didn’t tell her parents. 3.5 months later she died suddenly.

On the morning of Nov. 9, 2022, Trista woke at her half-sisters home near the Martin family home and said that she felt like she was dying. She was encouraged to go back to sleep and get some more rest. Soon after, she was unresponsive. CPR was started and when paramedics arrived they were able to get Trista’s heart beating again.

“Once in the hospital Trista repeatedly coded and it was during this time her father heard doctors and nurses discussing an enlarged heart. One of Trista’s friends then told Allen Trista had gotten the vaccine,”. “Doctors desperately work to keep Trista alive, but eventually her body was too broken to continue.”

Trista had suffered multi organ failure and died on Nov. 9, 2022.

Aug. 10, 2022 – 14 year old Japanese girl (Nushida et al)

14 year old Japanese girl had 3rd dose of Pfizer mRNA COVID-19 Vaccine on Aug.10, 2022.

Her sister, who had slept with her that night, reported that she woke up briefly because she was having difficulty in breathing, talked with her sister, and went to bed soon after.

The following morning, her mother noticed that she was not breathing and had a pale appearance, and she immediately called an ambulance.

The patient was in cardiopulmonary arrest when the ambulance crew arrived at their house and attempts to administer advanced life support were unsuccessful.

She died 45 h after the third vaccination.

Autopsy Findings: A diagnosis of vaccine-related multiple-organ inflammation was made based on the absence of bacterial or viral infection, lack of a past medical history suggestive of autoimmune disease, no allergic reaction, and no drug exposure other than the vaccine.

Myopericarditis is a form of multiple-organ inflammation. Although pneumonia is involved, pneumonia alone is rarely a cause of sudden death, and the presence of erythrocyte-laden macrophages as well as congestive edema of the lungs on histology suggested signs of heart failure from the previous day.

Although the extent of inflammation was relatively narrow, the presence of foci centered on the atria and breathlessness are the findings that raise the suspicion of heart failure several hours before death.

This led to the diagnosis that the cause of death was vaccine-related myopericarditis, which led to severe arrhythmias and progressive heart failure.

Jan. 2022 – 20 year old Florida model Claire Bridges

“In January 2022, Bridges was a 20-year-old model with her own apartment and a part-time job as a bartender in St. Petersburg, Florida. She was a vegan and “exceptionally healthy,” according to her mother.”

“When she caught Covid-19 that month, no one expected her to be hospitalized. She was fully vaccinated and boosted.”

But Bridges had been born with a common genetic heart defect…whether due to her heart or another unknown reason, COVID-19 hit Bridges hard.

“Extreme fatigue, cold sweats — progressively every single day it would get harder to try to eat or drink anything,” she recalled. “Then one day my mom found me unresponsive and rushed me to the hospital. I flatlined three times that night.”

“Diagnosed with myocarditis, rhabdomyolysis, mild pneumonia, cyanosis and acidosis – Claire was placed on dialysis to help her failing kidneys. The damage to her body, however, resulted in poor circulation to her lower limbs, leading to amputation.”

My Take…

I am not an Intensive Care Specialist or Critical Care Physician like Dr.Pierre Kory and this would be Dr.Kory’s area of expertise.

However, here is the sequence of events that I see in these tragic cases:

5 children ages 14 to 20. 3 died. 2 survived but with amputations.

  1. It started with COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine Immune System damage which predisposed the child to catch more infections.
  2. Most of these emergency situations started with a flu-like illness.
  3. It then led to a cardiac arrest. The idea here is that the heart has already been damaged by the COVID-19 Vaccines, through myopericarditis and scarring, and an infectious process would put strain on the heart which would lead to arrhythmia and then cardiac arrest:
    1. 14 yo Mathias coded in emerg
    2. 18 yo Trista Martin coded in her room
    3. 14 yo Japanese girl coded in her room
    4. 20 yo Claire Bridges coded in her room and 3 more times in hospital
    5. 17 yo Aubrynn Grundy coded in emerg
  4. Once the cardiac arrest happens, this is where the situation spirals completely out of control. MULTIPLE ORGAN FAILURE occurs and the child must be put on life support and into an induced coma
    • This is where Trista’s parents and doctors were completely caught off guard by the rapid deterioration of Trista’s situation.
    • This happened to Mathias and Levi, with Mathias staying 142 days in the ICU while Levi stayed 31 days. Claire also. All 3 needed amputation.
    • Aubrynn ended up on life support but couldn’t pull through. If she had, she also would have had amputation.
    • 14 yo Japanese girl never made it to the Hospital but on autopsy all her organs were failing. The authors called it: “vaccine-related multiple-organ inflammation”

This COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine Induced MULTI ORGAN FAILURE SYNDROME should have its own name. 

I believe it ultimately comes down to a perfect storm of a combination of Immune system damage combined with severe cardiac injury.

I have seen this mRNA MULTI ORGAN FAILURE SYNDROME in adults as well.

For completeness, I will include these cases below:

Oct. 24, 2022 – Texas – 29 year old Krystina Pacheco suffered septic shock. Two days after giving birth to a girl, she developed shortness of breath, vomiting, stomach pains, was hospitalized with septic shock. Sedated for 2 weeks she nearly died and had to have her hands and feet amputated (click here).

Jan. 1, 2023 – UK Piano Teacher Julianna Bransden suffered catastrophic injuries starting Jan. 1, 2023 (click here).

Julianna was a dedicated and popular teacher and musician. Since becoming a teacher 19 years ago in Aylesbury, Julianna devoted the last 10 years to the rural school of Llanmiloe in South Wales.

Julianna was fully COVID-19 vaccinated. On Dec.23, 2022 she developed flu like symptoms and on Jan.1, 2023 she had two cardiac arrests, went into septic shock, multiple systemic organ failure, needing full life support.

She was diagnosed with sepsis resulting from an aggressive form of pneumonia.

After weeks of fighting, she had to undergo surgery to amputate both of her legs below the knee and will lose most of her fingers.

“The pneumonia was caused by a combination of both invasive Strep A and Influenza, resulting in a level of sickness that several experienced ICU nurses said they had never seen anyone manage to recover from before.”

COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines must be taken off the market immediately.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

John F. Kennedy’s assassination left an indelible scar upon the American psyche. Everyone who was alive at the time can remember where they were on that day.

Of all the legacies that my uncle left for our country, there is one that has not yet been fulfilled. During his term in office, he upheld a vision of America as a nation of peace, a vision that was abandoned after his death.

For the next 60 years, we maintained a military empire, squandering trillions of dollars as our economy hollowed out and our health and infrastructure decayed.

My promise to the American people is that I will put us back on the road to peace that JFK led us toward when, shortly before his death, he issued a national security order to withdraw American advisers from Vietnam.

We will instead take a path back toward peace and prosperity for our country.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr.  November 22, 2023

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from HowStuffWorks

Another Crisis “Much Worse Than COVID”, Paralysis of Power Supply, Communications, Transportation. The WEF “Cyber Attack” Scenario

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 22, 2023

The World Economic Forum (WEF) which represents the Western financial elites, played a key role in the launching of the March 11, 2020 lockdown, which was conducive to a Worldwide process of economic and social chaos. The WEF is now pointing to: “A cyber-attack with COVID-like characteristics”, which promises to be far more devastating and chaotic than the Covid-19 pandemic.

China in Crosshairs as US Deploys Land-based Medium-range Missiles in Asia-Pacific

By Drago Bosnic, November 22, 2023

As the mainstream propaganda machine was trying to present the supposed “new era of detente” between the United States and China (at least until President Joe Biden shot down their efforts with a single remark), the Pentagon was preparing for something completely different.

Art and Struggle: Olive Trees as a Symbol of Palestinian Culture, Resistance and Peace

By Caoimhghin Ó Croidheáin, November 22, 2023

World Olive Tree Day was proclaimed at the 40th session of the UNESCO General Conference in 2019 and takes place on 26 November every year. The olive tree, specifically the olive branch, holds an important place in the minds of men and women. Since ancient times, it has symbolized peace, wisdom and harmony and as such is important not just to the countries where these noble trees grow, but to people and communities around the world.

Abandoning Palestine and the UN

By Renee Parsons, November 22, 2023

As the civilized world is confronted with pervasive evil in Israel, it may be recalled that the Abraham Accords were meant to bring peace to the Middle East, even though that pie-in-the-sky ambition was always questionable without the active participation of the indigenous Palestinians. 

iDNA Vaccines to Generate Internal Virus Production

By Dr. Joseph Mercola, November 22, 2023

If you thought mRNA injections were the craziest things the vaccine industry has cooked up lately, you haven’t seen the half of it yet. Up next, we have so-called “immunization DNA” or iDNA, a novel class of gene therapy “vaccines” that encodes for the whole virus.

NATO’s Proxy War on Russia Through Ukraine Appears to be Winding Down

By Andrew Korybko, November 22, 2023

Considering all the disadvantageous dynamics that are rapidly converging nowadays, there’s little doubt that NATO’s proxy war on Russia is winding down, though that doesn’t automatically mean that the conflict will soon freeze.

Seven-year-old Florida Girl Was Given Two Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA Jabs. Now Has Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) and Is on Daily Steroids, HCQ

By Dr. William Makis, November 22, 2023

Real Estate Agent Jennifer Rios Rivera had her 7 year old daughter vaccinated with Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine in Dec. 2021 because she was asthmatic. Her daughter developed side effects 10 days after the 2nd Pfizer mRNA jab (chest pain, joint pain, leg weakness) but couldn’t get a diagnosis for 2 years. She was finally diagnosed with Lupus and Rheumatoid Arthritis and is now on steroids, plaquenil, celebrex and still has symptoms (source).

Argentina – A Political Earthquake

By Peter Koenig, November 22, 2023

On Sunday, 19 November, the extreme neoliberal Javier Milei won the run-off elections with 56% against 44% for the present Peronist (center left) Minister of Economy, Sergio Massa. This is more than a surprise. On 23 October, during the first-round vote, Massa had a 36% to 30% lead. Massa is an experienced economist and well-versed politician. Milei is neither.

Amazon

“The Game Surrounding OpenAI”: Microsoft with AI Move Goes for Trillions

By Karsten Riise, November 22, 2023

With AI (supported by other technologies), 30 % of hours currently worked across the US economy of $ 27 trillion could be automatedAI is a gold rush for IT, and Microsoft intends to take the Lion’s share. To drive AI, Microsoft is building 120 herculean datacenters all over the world, just in 2023 alone.

Kennedy Assassination: The Greatest Conspiracy Ever Conceived

By Chaitanya Davé, November 22, 2023

Right after the assassination, vice-president Lyndon Johnson was sworn in as the president. He appointed the Warren Commission with chief justice Earl Warren in charge. Warren Commission later came out with an 889-page report declaring that Lee Harvey Oswald was the lone gunman who killed Kennedy. Here are some of the facts which proved that Lee Harvey Oswald was not the gunman and there were more than one gunmen who carried out this brutal murder.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

India is the important thing to observe in the BRICS joint condemnation of Israel’s war in Gaza. 

“Leaders of major emerging economies called for an end to Israel’s war on Gaza on Tuesday, and for a cessation of hostilities on both sides to ease the rapidly deteriorating humanitarian crisis in the Gaza Strip.

In a virtual summit chaired by South African President Cyril Ramaphosa, the BRICS grouping denounced attacks on civilians in Palestine and Israel, with many leaders calling the forced displacement of Palestinians, within Gaza or outside the territory, “war crimes.”

“We condemned any kind of individual or mass forcible transfer and deportation of Palestinians from their own land,” a chair’s summary read. The group, which did not issue a joint declaration, also “reiterated that the forced transfer and deportation of Palestinians, whether inside Gaza or to neighbouring countries, constitute grave breaches of the Geneva conventions and war crimes and violations under International Humanitarian Law.” (Al Jazeera, November 21, 2023)

India has so far sided with Israel and its anti-Muslim war and deadly policies against occupied Palestinians. This way, India has alienated itself from Africa, most of Latin America, much of Asia, Russia, and the Global South.

It seems like even India itself has discovered that its position supporting Israel-USA makes it impossible for India to claim that India “represents” the Global South.

Note, however, that the joint BRICS condemnation of Israel’s war was only a summary by the South African chairmanship. No joint declaration was agreed upon by BRICS to condemn Israel, a sign that India is not really behind it and that India tries to talk a double-talk on Israel.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Karsten Riise is a Master of Science (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School and has a university degree in Spanish Culture and Languages from Copenhagen University. He is the former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Mercedes-Benz in Denmark and Sweden.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu (L) and Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi (R) seen in January 2018 [Narendra Modi/Facebook]

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

As the mainstream propaganda machine was trying to present the supposed “new era of detente” between the United States and China (at least until President Joe Biden shot down their efforts with a single remark), the Pentagon was preparing for something completely different.

Namely, the US military is in the process of deploying new medium-range missile systems to the increasingly contested Asia-Pacific region. According to General Charles A. Flynn, a four-star commanding officer of the US Army Pacific (USARPAC), the deployment is officially slated for next year and its purpose is to “deter China from invading Taiwan”. More importantly, Flynn revealed that the US Army will deploy a missile launcher that will be able to fire the land-based version of the medium-range “Tomahawk” missile.

“We have tested them and we have a battery or two of them today,” General Flynn said, adding: “In 2024 we intend to deploy that system in your region. I’m not going to say where and when. But I will just say that we will deploy them.”

Although this isn’t exactly a new capability, as the US Army had ground-based medium-range cruise missiles back in the early 1980s, the weapon in question was banned under the now-defunct Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty that was signed by Washington DC and Moscow in 1987 (came into effect on June 1, 1988). This arms control agreement banned all types of land-based missiles and weapons (bar coastal defense ones) with ranges of 500-5500 km. This included ballistic and cruise missiles, both conventional and nuclear-tipped, but excluded air and sea-based weapons.

Among the most prominent types eliminated by the INF Treaty were the American MGM-31A “Pershing” and “Pershing II” solid-fueled ballistic missiles (ranges of 740 and 1770 km, and single warheads with yields of up to 400 and 80 kt, respectively) and the Russian RSD-10 “Pioneer” solid-fueled ballistic missiles (range of up to 5500 km) capable of using three MIRV (multiple independently targetable reentry vehicles) warheads with a yield of 550 kt each roughly 37 (111 altogether) times more powerful than the Hiroshima bomb). However, among the affected weapons was one that the US effectively never stopped using.

The missile in question was the GLCM (Ground Launched Cruise Missile), officially designated as the BGM-109G “Gryphon”, a subsonic cruise missile with a range of 2780 km and a single W84 thermonuclear warhead (yield of up to 150 kt, or approximately 10 times more powerful than the Hiroshima bomb). The “Gryphon” was a land-based version of the infamous “Tomahawk” cruise missile that the US Navy continues to use and upgrades on a regular basis (the latest variant being the Block 5). As the US unilaterally withdrew from the INF in 2019, it’s currently in the process of reinducting these types of missiles.

Back then, several colleagues of mine and I argued that Washington DC did so because of their rivalry with China, despite the official stance of the US government that the alleged Russian violations of the INF Treaty were the reason for their withdrawal. The belligerent thalassocracy never provided any solid evidence for these allegations, but it did expose its own hypocrisy by testing a land-based version of the “Tomahawk” cruise missile just three weeks after it announced the termination of its compliance with the INF Treaty. The conclusion that this was prepared months or even years in advance is the only logical one.

Namely, it indeed takes years to develop such weapons or months (at best) to convert them from sea to land-based missiles. Even then, it took the US Army nearly half a decade of testing to officially induct the weapon and its “Typhon” launch platform. The newly deployed US Army units that use the land-based “Tomahawk” missiles can hit targets at ranges of approximately 1600 km. Their ability to carry the W80 thermonuclear warheads means that the old “Gryphon” is effectively resurrected, with the only difference being that its target is not European Russia, but China and very likely North Korea as well.

The very usage of the name “Typhon” indicates that the missile is a successor to the “Gryphon”, while the wordplay itself (similarity with the word typhoon) reveals its purpose as the weapon that’s supposed to devastate targets along China’s Asia-Pacific shore. The future location of the US Army units and their missile batteries is yet to be revealed, as General Flynn refused to give any comments in that regard, but various sources indicate that it could be Japan, further reinforcing the aforementioned hypothesis and “Typhon/typhoon” etymological connection.

The US is also expanding its military presence in the Philippines, Guam and elsewhere in the region.

This includes the deployment of similar “Tomahawk” launchers by the US Marine Corps (USMC), while the US Navy already has numerous sea-based “Tomahawk” launch platforms.

All this clearly indicates a concerted effort to surround China with hostile military bases and infrastructure that would force it to respond accordingly. And while Beijing might prioritize peace talks and detente, it will not do so at all costs. The Asia-Pacific and its busy sea lanes are of vital importance to the Asian giant’s heavily export-oriented economy and any sort of dangerous deployments that could jeopardize them will not be tolerated or left unanswered, particularly as Chinese hypersonic capabilities far eclipse that of the US.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

“I hugged the olive tree. It was precious to me, so I hugged it. I felt like I was hugging my child. I’d raised the tree like my child. They attacked around 500 trees filled with olives. Each tree could have filled two sacks of olives. They destroyed my olive tree, but I grew them back. I tended them and they came back even better than before. Settlers will never be able to take my land. This is our land not theirs. We will keep resisting until the world ends.” –Mahfodah Shtayyeh (2005 video)

November 26 will be World Olive Tree Day according to the 40th session of the UNESCO General Conference (2019). The olive tree has symbolised peace and harmony for millennia.

World Olive Tree Day was proclaimed at the 40th session of the UNESCO General Conference in 2019 and takes place on 26 November every year. The olive tree, specifically the olive branch, holds an important place in the minds of men and women. Since ancient times, it has symbolized peace, wisdom and harmony and as such is important not just to the countries where these noble trees grow, but to people and communities around the world.

Think ‘holding out an olive branch’, an idiom that comes from Genesis 8:11 where we read “And the dove came into him in the evening; and, lo, in her mouth was an olive leaf plucked off: so Noah knew that the waters were abated from off the earth.” 

However, in Palestine where the people have been cultivating olives for thousands of years, the olive tree has itself become a subject of destructive battles as settlers cut down or burn the olive groves. Al-Walaja, for example, is a Palestinian village in the occupied West Bank, four kilometres northwest of Bethlehem and is the site of Al-Badawi, an ancient olive tree “claimed to be approximately 5,000-year-old and therefore the second oldest olive tree in the world after “The Sisters” olive trees in Bchaaleh, Northern Lebanon.”

It is estimated that about 700,000 Israeli settlers are living illegally in the occupied West Bank and extremist elements are becoming more violent. In October this year (2023) a Palestinian farmer harvesting olives “was shot dead by settlers in the occupied West Bank city of Nablus. ‘We are now during the olive harvest season – people have not been able to reach 60 percent of olive trees in the Nablus area because of settler attacks,’ according to Ghassan Daghlas, a Palestinian Authority official monitoring settler activity.”

Olive Tree by the late Ismael Shammout

Traditionally, harvest time would bring families and neighbours together, helping each other in a process called “al Ouna”. The importance to these communities for unity and an income has led to the trees being depicted in the arts, and in particular the visual arts. Many paintings show farmers and families gathering the olives or show the ancient trees as symbols of their struggle and resilience.

“Olive Harvest” by Maher Naji.

The close connection between the farmers and their trees was famously illustrated in the photo of Mahfodah from the village of Salem hugging what is left of one of her olive trees. This photo has since been the source of many posters and paintings illustrating the political conflicts that the people have been forced to endure.

Salem (2005)

Life for the artists has not been easy either. They have focused on themes such as nationalism, identity, and land. As a result, their art can be political and the artists “sometimes suffer from the confiscation of artwork, refusal to license artists’ organizations, surveillance, and arrests.”

Olive picking (1988) by Sliman Mansour

According to Sliman Mansour, a Palestinian painter based in Jerusalem, the olive tree “represents the steadfastness of the Palestinian people, who are able to live under difficult circumstances”, and like the “way that the trees can survive and have deep roots in their land so, too, do the Palestinian people.”

Painting by Salam Kanaan

Sometimes the paintings and posters incorporate other symbols of Palestinian identity like the City of Jerusalem (al-Quds), plants like Jaffa oranges, watermelon and corn, religious symbols, or the Palestinian flag.

Other traditional Palestinian arts like embroidery have used the olive tree in different ways. For example, the Palestinian History Tapestry “uses the embroidery skills of Palestinian women to illustrate aspects of the land and peoples of Palestine – from Neolithic times to the present. In the past, Palestinian embroiderers have mainly used cross stitch (tatreez) and geometric designs to decorate dresses and other items.”

Olive harvest  [59 x 110 cm]. Design: Hamada Atallah [Al Quds] Al Quds, Palestine Embroidery: Dowlat Abu Shaweesh [Ne’ane], Ramallah, Palestine

The symbolism in art can take on even harsher characteristics like Sliman Mansour’s painting of an olive tree wrapped in barbed wire (Quiet morning). The subject, a woman in a beautifully embroidered dress, is contrasted with the denial of access to the olive tree and therefore access to her birthright (the past) and an income (the future).

Quiet morning (2009) by Sliman Mansour

The olive trees have provided a steady source of income from their fruit and the “silky, golden oil derived from it”. Moreover, it is believed that “between 80,000 and 100,000 families in the Palestinian territories rely on olives and their oil as primary or secondary sources of income. The industry accounts for about 70 percent of local fruit production and contributes about 14 percent to the local economy.”

Poster by Abu Manu (1985)

However, the idea of recovery and renewal is also a common theme as the resilient olive tree with its deep roots is shown to be able to recover its vigour despite being chopped down. This has provided inspiration for the farmers and artists alike. The struggle for nature has always been intertwined with the struggle for life, and respect for the olive tree has always been reciprocated with abundance over the millennia.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Caoimhghin Ó Croidheáin is an Irish artist, lecturer and writer. His artwork consists of paintings based on contemporary geopolitical themes as well as Irish history and cityscapes of Dublin. His blog of critical writing based on cinema, art and politics along with research on a database of Realist and Social Realist art from around the world can be viewed country by country here. Caoimhghin has just published his new book – Against Romanticism: From Enlightenment to Enfrightenment and the Culture of Slavery, which looks at philosophy, politics and the history of 10 different art forms arguing that Romanticism is dominating modern culture to the detriment of Enlightenment ideals. It is available on Amazon (amazon.co.uk) and the info page is here

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image: Painting by Sliman Mansour

Abandoning Palestine and the UN

November 22nd, 2023 by Renee Parsons

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

As the civilized world is confronted with pervasive evil in Israel, it may be recalled that the Abraham Accords were meant to bring peace to the Middle East, even though that pie-in-the-sky ambition was always questionable without the active participation of the indigenous Palestinians. The Accords were approved during a historic ceremony on the south lawn of the White House with the pretense that Palestine did not exist as a country and that Israel has been a fair, responsible neighbor. Nothing could be further from the truth. 

The concept of Middle East peace without a two-state solution has once again been decisively debunked as the Abraham Accords proved to be little more than a PR gambit. Despite the accompanying White House pomp and self serving gibberish, it was a con job on the American public.

According to the Trump Administration, the Accords were part of a ‘broader diplomatic effort to pressure the Palestinians into negotiating a peace deal’ which was doomed to fail without official recognition that Palestinian people have a legitimate claim to its own land which was usurped by the political Zionists in 1948. 

As the Accords were being approved in 2020, Trump acknowledged that while ‘the Palestinians are very difficult to deal with,” there had  “been very strong signals” from the Palestinians “that they’d like to be a part of what’s happening.” In other words, Palestinian interest was indicative of their desire to resolve the two-state dilemma just as it is accurate to suggest if the Palestinians are difficult to deal with, Israeli occupation of their own land with continual repression and IDF barbaric attacks on their children may admittedly be ‘difficult’.  

This is not rocket science but requires a willingness to not be snookered by the Zionists flawed biblical representations; to be able to examine the historical context without which the Accords were doomed to fail.

With 13,300 fatalities including more than 5,600 children, 3,550 women and 31,000 wounded, much of the world continues to respond to Israel’s savage attack on Gaza with massive demonstrations in support of a ceasefire and a Free Palestine. 

Not surprisingly, the imperialist US government and its Congressional cronies remain mute and indifferent to world opinion or suffering of the Palestinian people. Meanwhile 68% of Americans support  a cease fire including 75% of Democrats and 50% Republicans.

Originally touted by the Trump Administration as a landmark peace agreement intended to ‘normalize’ diplomatic relations between Israel and the Arab-Islamic world, the real intent of the Accords has been recognition of a Greater Israel as a sovereign nation, expanding into the Levant at the expense of the indigenous owners of the land. The Accords would provide opportunities for direct flights, people-to-people exchanges, business partnerships, and government agreements all contributing to increased investment and economic growth as well as an increase in mutual understanding’, ‘human dignity’tolerance and respect’ and put an ‘end of radicalization.

In other words, once you get past the fluff, the Accords disregard claims that indigenous Palestine were residents for hundreds of generations; that the land had been finagled away by the Zionists who bullied the UN as ‘settlement’ encroachments continued on Palestinian land ever since. The Accords were negotiated by Jared Kushner, President Trump’s son in law who may not have been the most objective negotiator in favor of Israel asserting that “Those issues aren’t as complicated as people have made them out to be.”

In fact, while Palestine was deliberately and consciously excluded from the Accord, the signatorees were heralded as Trump spoke from White House balcony: ‘After decades of division and conflict, we mark the dawn of a new Middle East” and gave “Thanks to the great courage of the leaders of these three countries” as Israel’s Benjamin Netanyahu heralded a “new dawn of peace.”    

The signatories to the Accord included the UAE (United Arab Emirates), the Kingdom of Bahrain and Morocco with Sudan signing on after the 2020 election. In truth there was no expression of great courage as none of the Accord participants were in conflict with Israel or in need of Presidential dispensation, rather it was Israel who desperately needed proof of their legitimacy as they portend expansion into Lebanon and Syria.    

Assuming true motivation for peace in the Middle East, should have begun with Palestine as their seventy five year struggle for validation would have been a worthwhile effort at establishing a two state solution or for the US to have encouraged the State of Palestine to obtain UN membership on their own authority. Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov told RT that the only way to end the violence is through the UN-backed framework for a two-state solution. That would have brought a real peace but the Zionists will never allow it and Trump bowed to their agenda. The Zionists have real estate, energy and commercial development plans which do not include its Palestine owners.  

It might be of historic note to recognize that prior to the Accords, the Warsaw Conference met in February, 2019 billed as a brainstorming session to counter Iran ‘aggression’ and ‘terrorism’ as it sought to bring together some of the future Accord players like the UAE and Bahrain. Officials at that meeting made the speculative conclusion that the Palestinian ‘problem’ would be solved after the Accords while a Saudi rep indicated that the Palestinian matter needed to be addressed prior to any discussion of Israel sovereignty.   

Most recently fifty seven members of the Arab League and the Organization of Islamic Cooperation met in an extraordinary gathering to discuss the Israeli war and the extermination of Palestinian children.

Yet the dire Palestinian plight was insufficient for a select group of Islamic elites to dare challenge “God’s Chosen People” as Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Morocco, and the UAE blocked a resolution condemning the Zionist attacks, a refusal to ban weapon sales to Israel and every other opportunity to support the Palestinian people just as Egypt, Turkey and Jordan were less than helpful. 

There existed an opportunity to adopt an oil embargo on the Zionists but the Islamic elites, spineless and craven, most of whom are dictators, chose to do nothing. Rather than form a meaningful alliance with the Palestinians, all of these countries have a history of allowing the interventionist US to entice them with a weapons stash or ‘foreign aid’ as they betray their own ethnic-indigenous culture – all gratis of the American taxpayer. If only Americans knew.  

However, once the US brought out the checkbook and sweetened the deal with an offer no one could refuse, Palestinian statehood was on the back burner to never again be seriously considered as its Islamic brothers took a long walk.    

It is indisputable that any leadership exists in either US political party with no moral conscience evident within a low-information Congress, some of whom put their faith in AIPAC lobbyists or Protestant snake-oil salesmen masquerading as biblical preachers. Those preachers were armed with tainted religious lingo selling Scripture to know-nothings who are devoted followers of the demented Zionists who harbor a deep-seated theological hatred of Jesus Christ, almost as intense as their hatred for Palestinians.   

Those Accord countries were required to accept Israel in a quid pro quo arrangement in which everyone received some benefit which frequently included a profitable US military presence or some other strategic gain:

  • Morocco. US signed the Normalization agreement and in exchange recognized Morocco’s disputed claim to Western Sahara.  The agreement was later cited by Algeria as one of the reasons for unilaterally cutting relations with Morocco. Until 2020, no other member of the United Nations had ever officially recognized Moroccan sovereignty claim over parts of Western Sahara.  Since 1979, the UN maintained that the native Sahrawi people of West Sahara have the inalienable right of all peoples to the right of self determination. UN Plenary Resolution 34/37. The question is what gives any US President the legal or moral right to make that determination for another independent territory or country as Trump also made that decision approving Israel’s acquisition of  Syria’s Golan Heights obtained after the Six Day War. 
  • Sudan. For its cooperation, Sudan signed the Declarative part of the Agreement. In exchange for its cooperation, Sudan was removed from ‘state sponsor of terrorism list’ with a US donation of $1.2 billion payment on their World Bank debt. Sudan signed the Accord on 10-2020 with Secretary Mnuchin in attendance. 
  • Jordan. After 2020 election, Jordan agreed to export 600 MW electricity to Israel annually while it received 200 M cubic meters of desalinated water from Israel each year.   
  • Oman. After much Netanyahu lobbying of its Sheik, Oman deferred to be part of the Accords but committed to peace between Israel and the Palestinians based on a two-state solution.”
  • UAE. Boasts numerous American military bases; is an elective monarchy formed from a federation of seven emirates; with sixth and seventh natural oil and gas reserves in the world; also a new member of the BRICS II in 2024 with substandard human and civil rights.
  • Bahrain. Location for the Bahrain Naval Support Activity (BVS); home to the US Naval Central Command and the US Fifth Fleet and submarine base‘ bilateral agreement’; after the 10-7 origin of conflict in Israel,  announced that the Israeli ambassador had departed and that Bahrain had recalled its ambassador from Israel and suspended all economic relations with Israel, citing a “solid and historical stance that supports the Palestinian cause and the legitimate rights of the Palestinian people.” The statement was made by Bahrain’s parliament and Israel said they had no knowledge of the decision.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Renee Parsons served on the ACLU’s Florida State Board of Directors and as president of the ACLU Treasure Coast Chapter. She has been an elected public official in Colorado, staff in the Office of the Colorado State Public Defender, an environmental lobbyist for Friends of the Earth and a staff member of the US House of Representatives in Washington DC.   

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

iDNA Vaccines to Generate Internal Virus Production

November 22nd, 2023 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

“Immunization DNA” or iDNA is a novel class of gene therapy “vaccines” that encodes for the whole virus

iDNA “vaccines” transcribe the full-length genomic RNA of the live-attenuated vaccine virus. The full-length viral RNA then initiates replication of live attenuated virus in the tissues of the vaccine recipient, resulting in an immune response

The iDNA platform can be used to create vaccines in two different ways. You can either grow the iDNA in a culture to produce the vaccine in the conventional way, or you can inject the iDNA directly into the recipient and allow the body to produce the live attenuated virus internally

The first human trials for an iDNA shot that codes for a live virus could begin as early as 2024

In early April 2023, microbiologist Kevin McKernan reported he’d discovered DNA fragments in the mRNA shots made by Pfizer and Moderna, raising concerns about the possibility of genomic integration, autoimmune diseases and cancer. McKernan now reports having found a dose relationship between the load of DNA contamination and serious adverse events

*

If you thought mRNA injections were the craziest things the vaccine industry has cooked up lately, you haven’t seen the half of it yet. Up next, we have so-called “immunization DNA” or iDNA,1,2 a novel class of gene therapy “vaccines” that encodes for the whole virus.

It’s like mRNA, but on steroids. Rather than instructing your cells to produce a small portion, the spike protein of a given virus, iDNA products instruct cells to produce the virus in its entirety. As described in U.S. Patent 8691563B2:3

“The iDNA generates live attenuated vaccines in eukaryotic cells in vitro or in vivo for pathogenic RNA viruses … When iDNA is injected into the vaccine recipient, RNA of live attenuated virus is generated by in vivo transcription in the recipient’s tissues.

This initiates production of progeny attenuated viruses in the tissues of the vaccine recipient, as well as elicitation of an effective immune response protecting against wild-type, non-attenuated virus.”

According to Taipei-based Medigen,4 which launched its iDNA “vaccine” platform in 2018, the technology “combines genetic stability of DNA with the exceptional efficacy of live attenuated vaccines.” “Live attenuated” vaccines refers to vaccines that contain live (viable) but weakened (less virulent) viruses.

The iDNA platform can be used to create vaccines in two different ways. You can either grow the iDNA in a culture to produce the vaccine in the conventional way, or you can inject the iDNA directly into the recipient and allow the body to produce the live attenuated virus internally.

What Could Go Wrong? 

A 2016 paper described the iDNA process thus:5

“As any DNA vaccine, iDNA plasmids are isolated from bacteria and include a eukaryotic promoter, such as cytomegalovirus (CMV) major immediate-early promoter.

However, unlike a traditional DNA vaccine that involves transcription of mRNA for expression of a subunit antigen, the iDNA vaccines transcribe the full-length genomic RNA of the live-attenuated vaccine virus. The full-length viral RNA then initiates limited replication of live-attenuated virus in the tissues of vaccine recipient resulting in efficient immunization.

Essentially, the iDNA plasmid turns a limited number of cells in the vaccine recipient into the cell-scale factories for ‘manufacturing’ of live-attenuated vaccine.

Thus, the iDNA technology represents a novel type of DNA vaccine. With the introduction of DNA-launched iDNA vaccines, DNA-based vaccines can be subdivided into (i) DNA vaccines that express subunit antigens and (ii) DNA vaccines that launch replication-competent, live-attenuated vaccines …

Finally, the iDNA plasmid can be used as a genetically stable repository seed to prepare live-attenuated virus in vitro either for subsequent use as a traditional live-attenuated vaccine or, after virus inactivation, as a traditional inactivated virus vaccine.”

Oh joy. Considering the shocking harms mRNA injections are causing, which instruct your body to create just a small portion of a virus that has no capacity to self-replicate, what could conceivably happen if we start injecting DNA that causes your cells to churn out replication-competent live virus?

Different Product, Same Lies

Materials describing this technology claim the self-replication is restricted to “a limited number of cells in the vaccine recipient,” but where have we heard that before?

The mRNA shots were also supposed to stay in the vicinity of the injection site, causing just the cells in your deltoid to produce spike protein, but we now have proof it goes everywhere and cells throughout the body are producing the spike.

So, just how would an iDNA shot affect just “a small number of cells” when anything injected travels throughout the body? And how is the manufacturing turned off? They don’t say, which makes me think it’ll be just like the mRNA shots, which have no off switch and have been found to, in some people, produce spike protein for six months or more.

When your immune system is taxed with a chronic infection in this way, it begins to break down. Autoimmune diseases can also develop, which is what we’ve seen with the mRNA shots. The risk of iDNA causing symptomatic sickness also strikes me as significant, especially if your immune system is already weak.

‘DNA Vaccine’ Safety Is Unclear at Best

According to New Scientist,6 the first human trials for an iDNA shot that codes for a live virus could begin as early as 2024. Medigen is currently seeking approval to begin trials, but it’s unclear which infection is being targeted.

At present, no DNA vaccine has ever received full approval anywhere in the world. India did, however, issue emergency authorization for a DNA shot against COVID-19, called ZyCoV-D,7 which encoded for two viral proteins, the spike protein and an IgE signal peptide.8

In March 2023, Cochrane founder Peter Gøtzsche and investigative journalist Maryanne Demasi published a systematic review of papers that had data on serious adverse events (SAEs) associated with the COVID jabs. About ZyCoV-D, they wrote:9

“A trial in India of ZyCoV-D, a DNA-based vaccine, was also highly problematic. It randomized 27,703 patients, either aged 12-17 years or 60 years and older. A supplement reported one SAE [serious adverse event] in the vaccine group and none in the placebo group among the elderly and one vs two in ‘comorbid subjects.’

The main text was totally different, with no division as per randomized group. It described 15 SAEs, but seven of these were merely being COVID-19 positive, which is not an SAE and furthermore belongs to the reporting of the benefits, not the harms. There was one death in each group. This paper, which was difficult to interpret, was published in The Lancet.”10

An online search for data on ZyCoV-D left me empty handed, so aside from that Lancet paper (and an interim report on the same trial11), there doesn’t appear to be much out there.

As for what they used as the placebo is also anyone’s guess, as the paper doesn’t specify. Testing one vaccine against another is a simple trick to hide expected side effects, and we know that at least one other COVID shot (AstraZeneca), did not use an inert placebo but, rather, a vaccine against meningitis and septicemia.12,13

So, in summary, the safety of ZyCoV-D is anything but clear. Even if we did have data on it, it still would not tell us much about the safety of iDNA shots. ZyCoV-D only encodes for two proteins, whereas iDNA will encode an entire virus.

DNA in mRNA Shots Cause Concern Among Experts

In early April 2023, microbiologist Kevin McKernan reported he’d discovered DNA fragments in the mRNA shots made by Pfizer and Moderna.14,15,16,17 The highest level of DNA contamination found was 30%, meaning nearly one-third of the content of the shot was plasmid DNA. No DNA should be present in a commercial mRNA product that has been made under good manufacturing practices.

Since then, others have confirmed his results, including University of South Carolina professor Phillip Buckhaults. In September 2023, he testified18 to this before the South Carolina Senate Medical Affairs Ad-Hoc Committee on the Department of Health and Environmental Control (DHEC).

Buckhaults is a molecular biologist and cancer geneticist with extensive experience in DNA sequencing, and initially set out to debunk McKernan’s claims. To his shock, he replicated McKernan’s findings instead.

In his testimony, he explained how these DNA contaminants can integrate into your genome and disrupt the function of other genes, either long term or permanently, and may be passed on to offspring for generations.

He told the senators he was “alarmed about this DNA being in the vaccine,” as “there is a very real hazard” of it integrating into a person’s genome and becoming a “permanent fixture of the cell” that can result in autoimmune problems and cancers.19

DNA Contaminants in mRNA Shots Greenlighted by Health Agencies

In an October 21, 2023, tweet, Steve Kirsch argued:20

“You can now sue the mRNA COVID vaccine manufacturers for damages and the FDA is required to take the COVID vaccines off the market. Why? Adulteration. The plasmid bioactive contaminant sequences were NOT pointed out to the regulatory authorities.

Health Canada on Thursday confirmed the presence of DNA contamination in Pfizer COVID-19 vaccines and also confirmed that Pfizer did not disclose the contamination to the public health authority.”

Fact checkers struck back, stating that health regulators had indeed been aware of the contamination before the shots were authorized, and that there’s “no reliable evidence showing that DNA in vaccines integrates into our DNA or increases the risk of cancer.”21,22

Well, they’re at least correct on one point. Regulatory agencies were clearly aware of this problem, as Pfizer submitted documents to the European Medicines Agency (EMA) showing sampled lots had a broad range of double-stranded DNA (dsDNA) in them.23 Many of those lots were far in excess of the EMA’s maximum limits.

But as for whether the DNA can integrate and cause disability, the fact checker was clearly misdirecting. DNA integration is something that has been recognized for quite some time, and has been discussed in the medical literature. It’s not a novel notion. Be that as it may, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration doesn’t care. It told Factcheck.org:24

“The claim that the FDA is required to take any of the authorized or approved mRNA COVID-19 vaccines off the market is false. With over a billion doses of the mRNA vaccines administered, no safety concerns related to the sequence of, or amount of, residual DNA have been identified.”

Never mind the fact that never-before-seen “turbo cancers” are sending people to their graves in record numbers. Nothing to see there.

Dose Response Found Between DNA Contamination Load and Adverse Events

October 27, 2023, McKernan and four other coauthors published a preprint paper25 in which they explore the dose response between the COVID shot lots found to be contaminated with DNA and serious adverse events.

The lots tested included 27 vials from 12 unique lots from Moderna and Pfizer. Residual DNA was found in all vials, but Moderna had lower and more consistent levels, suggesting they’re using a more standardized manufacturing process than Pfizer. The U.S. Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS) was then queried for the number and categorization of adverse events reported for each of the lots tested.

“Quantification cycle (Cq) values (1:10 dilution) for the plasmid origin of replication (ori) and spike sequences ranged from 18.44 – 24.87 and 18.03 – 23.83 for Pfizer, and 22.52 – 24.53 and 25.24 – 30.10 for Moderna, respectively.

These values correspond to 0.28 – 4.27 ng/dose and 0.22 – 2.43 ng/dose (Pfizer), and 0.01-0.34 g/dose and 0.25 – 0.78 ng/dose (Moderna), for ori and spike respectively …

In an exploratory analysis, we found preliminary evidence of a dose response relationship of the amount of DNA per dose and the frequency of serious adverse events (SAEs). This relationship was different for the Pfizer and Moderna products …

Conclusion: These data demonstrate the presence of billions to hundreds of billions of DNA molecules per dose in these vaccines. Using fluorometry, all vaccines exceed the guidelines for residual DNA set by FDA and WHO of 10 ng/dose by 188 – 509-fold.

However, qPCR residual DNA content in all vaccines were below these guidelines, emphasizing the importance of methodological clarity and consistency when interpreting quantitative guidelines.

The preliminary evidence of a dose-response effect of residual DNA measured with qPCR and SAEs warrant confirmation and further investigation. Our findings extend existing concerns about vaccine safety and call into question the relevance of guidelines conceived before the introduction of efficient transfection using LNPs.

With several obvious limitations, we urge that our work is replicated under forensic conditions and that guidelines be revised to account for highly efficient DNA transfection and cumulative dosing.”

Resources for Those Injured by the COVID Jab

The more we learn about the COVID jabs, the worse they appear, and if iDNA shots become reality, we may be looking at an even greater calamity. It’s time to end the madness before it’s too late, and the way we do that is by rejecting all gene-based shots, be they RNA, mRNA, DNA, iDNA or anything else they might come up with.

Also, if you already got one or more COVID jabs and are now reconsidering, you’d be wise to avoid all vaccines from here on, including conventional ones, as you need to end the assault on your body. Even if you haven’t experienced any obvious side effects, your health may still be impacted long-term, so don’t take any more shots.

If you’re suffering from side effects, your first order of business is to eliminate the spike protein that your body is producing. Two remedies that can do this are hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin. Both drugs bind and facilitate the removal of spike protein.

The Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC) has developed a post-vaccine treatment protocol called I-RECOVER. Since the protocol is continuously updated as more data become available, your best bet is to download the latest version straight from the FLCCC website at covid19criticalcare.com.26

For additional suggestions, check out the World Health Council’s spike protein detox guide,27 which focuses on natural substances like herbs, supplements and teas. Sauna therapy can also help eliminate toxic proteins by stimulating autophagy.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1 Frontiers in Tropical Diseases March 18, 2022; 3

2, 5 Expert Rev Vaccines September 2016; 15(9): 1223-1234

3 U.S. Patent 8691563B2

4 Medigen

6 New Scientist November 6, 2023 (Archived)

7 BBC August 20, 2021

8, 10 The Lancet April 2, 2022; 399(10332): 1313-1321

9 medRxiv March 22, 2023

11 Pharmacovigilance, Efficacy, Safety and Immunogenicity of ZyCoV-D: Interim efficacy results, Page 12

12 Health Desk October 1, 2021

13 McGill July 3, 2020

14 Twitter KanekoaTheGreat May 20, 2023

15, 23 Anandamide (Kevin McKernan) Substack May 20, 2023

16 The Healthcare Channel May 22, 2023

17, 19 Spectator Australia September 25, 2023

18 Jessica Rose Substack September 18, 2023

20, 21 Health Feedback October 21, 2023

22, 24 Factcheck.org November 3, 2023

25 OSF Preprints October 27, 2023

26 Covid19criticalcare.com

27 World Council for Health Spike Protein Detox Guide November 30, 2021

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Considering all the disadvantageous dynamics that are rapidly converging nowadays, there’s little doubt that NATO’s proxy war on Russia is winding down, though that doesn’t automatically mean that the conflict will soon freeze.

The failure of Ukraine’s counteroffensive, Russia’s victory over NATO in the “race of logistics”, the West’s prioritization of aid to Israel amidst its war with Hamas, US congressional dysfunction, and the upcoming election season have combined to create a crisis for NATO’s proxy war on Russia through Ukraine. These analyses from late August onward will bring everyone up to speed about what’s happening if they haven’t been closely following this New Cold War conflict in recent months:

And here’s a spree of reports from over the past few days showing how much everything has changed:

That spree of reports adds credence to the assessment that this proxy war appears to be winding down.

The top takeaways are that:

1) Western financial and military aid is indeed evaporating;

2) Ukraine is now freaking out and fearmongering about the future;

3) political rivalries in that country are intensifying;

4) the West is indeed pressuring Ukraine to enter into peace talks with Russia aimed at freezing the conflict; and

5) organic grassroots protests might break out across Ukraine sometime soon. This isn’t how everything was supposed to be, however, since Kiev promised an altogether different future.

It seems like so long ago, but just six months back the West was hyping everyone up about what to expect from Kiev’s then-upcoming counteroffensive, which was supposed to be a Clausewitzian masterstroke that would showcase the West’s military superiority. Instead of Russian being chased back into its pre-2014 borders, however, the New York Times admitted in late September that “Russia now controls nearly 200 square miles more territory in Ukraine compared with the start of the year.”

Quite clearly, that one country on its own was able to withstand the proxy war onslaught of the “more than 50 nations” that Biden recently boasted had joined the US in arming Ukraine. Even against those odds, it was ultimately Russia – and not Ukraine – that successfully launched its own counteroffensive by expanding the area under its control by 200 square miles. Western stockpiles have been depleted and what’s left is earmarked for Israel, however, so that metric might multiply by early next year.

If the front ends up collapsing in the opposite direction than the West expected would happen just half a year ago, then this New Cold War bloc might feel pressured to launch a conventional on-the-ground intervention to safeguard some of the gains that its people paid over $160 billion to secure. In that scenario, the risk of World War III breaking out by miscalculation would spike, which no responsible policymaker wants to have happen. After all, for as radical as the Western elite is, it’s not suicidal.

Russia is also aware of what’s at stake if it manages to achieve a breakthrough across the coming months should the front collapse as a result of Ukraine’s multidimensional troubles, which is why it appears to still be committed to President Putin’s strong signals from this summer about negotiating peace. So long as Zelensky refuses to comply with his Western patrons’ demands in this respect, however, the abovementioned scenario will remain credible and could materialize sooner than later.

Therein lies the significance of his growing rivalry with Commander-in-Chief Zaluzhny. Ukraine’s top military official could either orchestrate a military coup with the West’s approval – irrespective of whether it follows the outbreak of organic grassroots protests – or be deposed by Zelensky with their approval as a reward for recommencing meaningful peace talks with Russia in some capacity. However it unfolds, Zaluzhny is expected to play a major role in the coming months, whether as a “hero” or “villain”.

Considering all the disadvantageous dynamics that are rapidly converging nowadays, there’s little doubt that NATO’s proxy war on Russia is winding down, though that doesn’t automatically mean that the conflict will soon freeze. It’ll likely continue even if only at a low scale as peace talks, including potentially secret ones, take place (unless the omnipotent threat of a black swan materializes). For all intents and purposes, however, this proxy war will probably be fought at a different tempo from now on.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from The Daily Stormer

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Central Florida – Real Estate Agent Jennifer Rios Rivera had her 7 year old daughter vaccinated with Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine in Dec. 2021 because she was asthmatic. 

Her daughter developed side effects 10 days after the 2nd Pfizer mRNA jab (chest pain, joint pain, leg weakness) but couldn’t get a diagnosis for 2 years. She was finally diagnosed with Lupus and Rheumatoid Arthritis and is now on steroids, plaquenil, celebrex and still has symptoms (source).

Papers Reviewed

  • 2022 Sep (Sagy et al) – New-onset systemic lupus erythematosus following BNT162b2 mRNA COVID-19 vaccine: a case series and literature review
  • 2022 May (Watanabe et al) – Case Report: New-Onset Rheumatoid Arthritis Following COVID-19 Vaccination

2022 Sep (Sagy et al) – New-onset systemic lupus erythematosus following BNT162b2 mRNA COVID-19 vaccine: a case series and literature review

  • Case 1: 24M had 1st Pfizer mRNA
    • 3 days later, a rash appeared on the head neck and arms, and stiffness in both wrists
  • Case 2: 23M had 2nd Pfizer mRNA
    • 1 month later he developed fever and pancytopenia, oral ulcers and malar rash over his face.
  • Case 3: 56M had 2nd Pfizer mRNA
    • 1 month later he was admitted to hospital for left hand joint pain and swollen left axillary lymph nodes.
    • Exam showed bilateral knee and left wrist arthritis.
  • All three were diagnosed with Lupus
  • Literature reviewed showed 3 other cases after mRNA vaccination:
    • 27F, Moderna 2nd dose, 2 weeks later arthritis
    • 22F, Pfizer 1st dose, 1 week later cutaneous vasculitis, pancytopenia
    • 24M, Pfizer 2nd dose, 2 weeks later fever, arthritis, oral ulcers, etc.
  • Post mRNA Vaccine Lupus: very variable clinical picture
  • Other than SLE, the diagnosis of new-onset autoimmune conditions following COVID-19 vaccination has been reported previously:
    • rheumatoid arthritis
    • immune thrombotic thrombocytopenia
    • autoimmune liver diseases
    • Guillain–Barré syndrome
    • IgA nephropathy
  • Two theories on mechanism:
    • 1. molecular mimicry of spike protein to human proteins
    • 2. Immune activation that produces Type 1 Interferon

2022 May (Watanabe et al) – Case Report: New-Onset Rheumatoid Arthritis Following COVID-19 Vaccination 

  • 53F year old Japanese man had 2 Pfizer mRNA jabs
  • 4 weeks after 2nd dose his left knee joint became swollen and painful.
  • Blood labs showed elevated Rheumatoid factor, but also elevated cytokines IL-6, TNF-a and IFN-I.
  • Diagnosis: Rheumatoid Arthritis caused by Pfizer vaccine
  • Conclusion: “Given that pro-inflammatory cytokine responses play crucial roles in the development of autoimmune disorders, it is likely that COVID-19 vaccination can be a trigger for production of pro-inflammatory cytokines
  • Here we show a case of de novo RA following COVID-19 vaccination and characterized by systemic pro-inflammatory cytokine responses including IFN-I, IL-6, and TNF-α

Children injured by mRNA vaccines – 16 cases of new onset Lupus 

VAERS 1337921: 16F (New Mexico) had 1st Pfizer mRNA. Two days later began having polyarthralgia, myalgias, arthritis, etc, suggestive of Lupus

VAERS 1424433: 17F (Virginia) had 2nd Pfizer mRNA. 2 weeks later began having chest pain and shortness of breath, lab work positive for Lupus.

VAERS 1474796: 16F (Virginia) had 1st Pfizer. 1 week later started having rashes on her legs along with her feet swelling and hurting. After 2nd Pfizer, her whole body developed rashes and her feet pain got worse. Doctors suspect Lupus.

VAERS 1794837: 16F (North Carolina) had 2nd Pfizer. 39 days later seen for joint pain that started a few weeks after 2nd dose. Now diagnosed with Lupus and glomerulonephritis.

VAERS 1866616: 16M (Foreign) had 2nd Pfizer mRNA. 2 days later started developing skin reaction, by 12 days he had butterfly rash on both cheeks and reported to the hospital. Small rashes observed in extremities and abdomen. Diagnosis: discoid lupus erythematosus.

VAERS 1915358: 15M (Foreign) had 2nd Pfizer mRNA. 9 days later was hospitalized with myocarditis, pericarditis, SLE (Lupus).

VAERS 1934578: 12F (Foreign) had Pfizer mRNA on Sep.24, 2021. She had fever for 2 weeks after mRNA and presented to emergency with weakness of limbs and fever. Was diagnosed with SLE (Lupus).

VAERS 1967228: 15F (Illinois) had 2nd Pfizer. 10 days later admitted with chest pain, diagnosed with pulmonary emboli, SLE, Lupus nephritis

VAERS 1994301: 14M (Foreign) had 1st Pfizer mRNA on Oct.17, 2021. Diagnosed with Lupus on Nov.12, 2021, thrombocytopenic purpura, etc.

VAERS 2073323: 10F (California) had 2nd Pfizer. 21 days later admitted with auto-immune testing, diagnosed with SLE (Lupus) Nephritis

VAERS 2192193: 8F (Colorado) had 2nd Pfizer. 30 hours after Vaccination started getting daily intermittent fevers and extremity edema. Diagnosis: New SLE (Lupus) complicated by lupus nephritis

VAERS 2231412: 17F (Massachusetts) had 2nd Pfizer mRNA. 13 days later developed sore throat and fevers, diagnosed with SLE and lupus nephritis

VAERS 2321591: 15F had 2nd Pfizer mRNA. Developed Lupus from the vaccine.

VAERS 2379244: 11M had 2nd Pfizer mRNA. Was diagnosed with Lupus 8 months later.

VAERS 2482327: 16F had Pfizer mRNA on Nov.24, 2021. Hospitalized and diagnosed with SLE (Lupus) with Nephritis on Dec.22, 2021.

VAERS 2582228: 11F (Kentucky) had 3rd Pfizer mRNA. 3 days later had acute onset of facial lesions (erythematous maculae). This evolved into diffuse erythematous annular rash confirmed to be acute cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus.

My Take…

This Florida mom gave her 7 year old daughter Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines, and 10 days after the 2nd Pfizer jab, the girl started having chest pain, rashes, joint pain and now has an auto-immune disease for life for which she is on steroids and immune modulators.

This mother was tragically oblivious to the dangers and toxicity of COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines in children, and trusted corrupt and incompetent pediatricians and politicians. Now her daughter is disabled for life.

I do appreciate that she had the courage to share the story.

Not only are her daughter’s symptoms not controlled by multiple medications, but she has no idea of the long term consequences of this kind of immune system damage.

The fact that there are 16 VAERS cases of Children whose immune systems have been permanently damaged with Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (with or without kidney inflammation and kidney damage), means there are hundreds of such children permanently injured and disabled, whose reports never made it to VAERS.

Yet another reason to do everything possible to get COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines off the market immediately and banned from use in children!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Pakistani caretaker prime minister Anwaar-ul-Haq Kakar has denied reports that his country sold weapons to Ukraine for use in its war with Russia, saying that such allegations are “confusion.” Although Kakar’s comment was made in response to recent reports on Pakistan’s support for Ukraine, such claims have existed since the early stages of the war in 2022 – meaning well before he became caretaker prime minister on August 14, 2023. He denies the sales to absolve himself of embarrassment in case these weapons end up in Israel instead of Ukraine.

“We will investigate if it [Pakistan arms] has ended up somewhere else. But, as far as Pakistan is concerned our arms were not at all destined for either Ukraine or any other place for that matter,” Kakar said in an interview with VOA.

“We are just exploring that how this entire confusion has been created and what are the reasons behind those confusions,” Kakar said, claiming his government was already discussing this issue “on different diplomatic channels with the concerned authorities” in Washington.

Kakar’s comments came after BBC Urdu reported on November 13 details about Pakistan’s purported ammunition sales worth $364 million to American companies supplying arms to Ukraine. According to the report, Pakistan had signed the arms sales contracts in August 2022 to supply two private US military companies, Global Military and Northrop Grumman, with 155-mm ammunition.

Although Pakistan has often reiterated that it is completely “neutral” in the war between Ukraine and Russia, the South Asian country has not ruled out the possibility of these weapons reaching Kiev’s forces from the black market.

Speculation about Pakistan’s support for Ukraine was galvanised further by a purported official document of the Ukraine Security Assistance Initiative (USAI) on the $364 million ammunition sales. It also cannot be overlooked that Pakistan’s overall arms exports skyrocketed to $415 million in 2022-23, over 30 times the $13 million in 2021-22, which would account for the sales to Ukraine.

The BBC Urdu revealed that the arms were supplied using a British military cargo plane from Pakistan Air Force Base Nur Khan in Rawalpindi to the British military base in Akrotiri, Cyprus. From Cyprus, the weapons were then taken to Romania and onwards to Ukraine. This reportedly occurred five times.

Kakar’s denial was made a day after Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Mumtaz Zahra Baloch also denied the allegation at a weekly briefing in the capital Islamabad.

“First of all, I reaffirm what we have said in the past that Pakistan has not sold weapons to Ukraine or to Russia as we have adopted a policy of strict neutrality in this conflict,” she said. “Pakistan’s export of weaponry to countries is accompanied by end-user certificates and we expect the parties that import Pakistani weapons to respect those end-user commitments.”

However, Pakistan has not adopted “a policy of strict neutrality” since the ousting of Imran Khan, as Baloch claims. It is recalled that in January 2023, the Economic Times reported that the Pakistan Ordnance Factories (POF), a state-owned defence industrial enterprise, was sending 159 containers of 155mm artillery shells, M4A2 propelling bag charges, M82 primers, and PDM fuses to Ukraine via Poland. Economic Times then again reported in July 2023 that a merchant vessel with nearly 200 containers of defence stores by Pakistan Ordnance Factories delivered military equipment to Ukraine via Karachi and Gdansk ports.

It is recalled that during a visit to Pakistan in July, amid that round of accusations, Ukrainian foreign minister Dmytro Kuleba rejected reports that Pakistan was supplying arms to Ukraine to support its military. Kuleba, over the course of the war, has been proven not to be credible, and therefore, his refutation cannot be taken as truth.

Rather, due to the catastrophic economic situation, partially fuelled by unapologetic support of jihadi groups, Pakistan is seeking to find economic relief, including from Western institutions such as the IMF. These come with many conditions, though, including support for Ukraine.

Imran Khan’s support for Russia saw him quickly ousted by the US-friendly military elite in Pakistan, thus demonstrating that the country is held ransom to the interests of Washington. The former prime minister arrived in Moscow on February 24, 2022 – the same day that Russia launched its special military operation. He was ousted for visiting Putin and not condemning Moscow’s actions, something which his US-planted successor, Shehbaz Sharif, was quick to reverse.

Pakistan is not a neutral country like Kakar and Baloch claim, as demonstrated by the ousting of Imran Khan due to his pivot towards friendly relations with Moscow and the sale of weapons to Ukraine.

Nonetheless, as some experts have highlighted, there could be a situation where Pakistani ammunition and weapons bought by the US and bound for Ukraine could now end up being directed to Israel to fight Hamas and other Palestinian extremist groups. This would be highly ironic considering Islamabad does not recognise Israel as a state and supports, at least in rhetoric, the Palestine cause.

Kakar and Baloch are obviously trying to cover the fact that they are selling weapons and ammunition to US companies with the intention they end up in Ukraine but do not want to take responsibility for this, especially if it is exposed that they instead ended up in Israeli hands. This is a very real possibility since Washington’s attention is increasingly being turned towards the Middle East and away from Eastern Europe.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Argentina – A Political Earthquake

November 22nd, 2023 by Peter Koenig

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On Sunday, 19 November, the extreme neoliberal Javier Milei won the run-off elections with 56% against 44% for the present Peronist (center left) Minister of Economy, Sergio Massa. This is more than a surprise. On 23 October, during the first-round vote, Massa had a 36% to 30% lead. Massa is an experienced economist and well-versed politician. Milei is neither.

However, Milei boasts he will drastically reduce Argentina’s inflation, currently more than 140%, get rid of the Argentine Central Bank and adopt the dollar as the national currency, replacing the Peso. This is just one of his radial neoliberal measures he plans for Argentina.

Introduction of the US dollar as the national currency is the most drastic measure Milei announced way ahead of the elections – and it would be more than surprising if Argentinians just 22 years after the economy totally collapsed (2000-2002), precisely because then-President Carlos Menem’s dollarized Argentina in 1991 by pegging the Peso 1:1 against the dollar. Already then, the argument was “fighting inflation.”

This “argument” was strongly advanced by Washington and the IMF, while every sane economist knows that you cannot run a country which has its own culture and economic parameters with the currency of another country. It is unbelievable, that neither Washington, the FED, nor the IMF should have no even-headed economists.

In today’s George Orwell’s 1984 world, everything goes. If people go along, why not. The Tavistock Institute, whose specialty is social engineering and mind manipulation, will take care of it. In the Western world, it happens almost permanently.

There is one country in South America, Ecuador, which is since 2000 fully dollarized. Almost exactly when Argentina’s economy sank into an abyss, because of dollarization, the then right-wing Ecuadorian President Jamil Mahuad, under pressure from Washington / FED and the IMF, dollarized the hydrocarbon-rich South American nation – allegedly for the same reason, “hyperinflation.”

No lesson learned by sovereign Ecuador. Her economy runs by petrol income. More than 50% of export earning stem form petrol – and US oil companies control the rich Ecuadorian hydrocarbon resources.

Ever since, the US dollar replaced Ecuador’s national currency, the Sucre. Ecuador’s economy is enslaved to Washington’s economy, hovering in a crisis, some times more than others. To the detriment of the population, Ecuador’s politicians are easily manipulated and corrupted by the US.

Argentina has a diversity of riches – and a well-educated population. Those factors have helped Argentina to recover relatively well after the downfall 20 years ago.

Image: Mauricio Macri

Argentinians, for sure have not forgotten the misery they went through 20 years ago, and a similar onslaught of poverty-inducing economic measures by another neo-liberal /neo-fascist president, Mauricio Macri (December 2015 – December 2019) – a four-year period during which Macri made sure that the riches gained by hardworking Argentinians during the 15 years of recovery, were transferred north – to the IMF, Wall Street, and the elites of the Unite States, Europe and international corporations.

The same is happening now. And most Argentinians, according to the election results, would go along? Hardly.

So, there must be a hidden agenda to subdue and “social-engineer” the masses so that they refrain from protesting, no questions asked, with a new fraud dismantling their economy under the pretext of reducing inflation.

Inflation can be artificially-induced, especially in countries whose economies are strongly dependent on the US dollar, as is Argentina, despite her efforts to de-dollarize by trading in local currencies. This works well with China, Argentina’s second largest trading partner (2022).

As part of Mercosur, Brazil is Argentina’s main trading partner for both exports and imports, followed by China, the United States, India, Chile, Paraguay, and Germany. Other than China, most of these countries trade in US dollars or the dollar-dependent Euros.

By far the largest investor in Argentina is the US, with more than US$ 12.6 billion (2022), mainly in agriculture, manufacturing, oil and gas, communications and technology, and financial services. This is an increase of 3.6 % over 2021. A sign that dollar-dependency may be increasing.

See this and this.

With dollars flooding the nation, artificially generating inflation in a country proven vulnerable for hyper price hikes already in the 1980s, is like 101 of manipulating economics.

Argentina is a member of China’s Belt and Road. The BRICS Summit in August 2023 in Johannesburg, South Africa, welcomed Argentina as one of the six new BRICS members as of 1 January 2024.

How the Belt and Road and the new BRICS membership will fit into Milei’s radical neoliberal agenda remains to be seen.

If Javier Milei, who has the support of Donald Trump and Elon Musk, succeeds in pulling through with his radical economic measures, the population may be programmed for enormous hardship like in 2001 / 2002, or worse. Working then in Argentina, experiencing this misery first hand, it is difficult to believe that Argentinians would be so easily and so quickly “forgettable”, just to be duped again with the same medicine.

There is so far no proof, but it is more than suspicious, and likely that there was fraud involved in these run-off elections. This often happens, a sudden turn-around between the first election results and the run-off vote. Curiously, there are never any exit polls taken by neutral observers in such crucial and fraud-prone elections.

Question: will Argentina succumb to the globalists, giving up her riches for an international US-led elite, giving away for the third time in about three decades, Argentina’s fortune and resources to a globalist clan, led by the visible face of the World Economic Forum (WEF), but whose strings are pulled by a financial elite lurking in the dark?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from CoinGape

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The game surrounding OpenAI these days is not only a soap-opera. It’s a Game of Thrones for not only billions but trillions of dollars from the upcoming AI industry.

With AI (supported by other technologies), 30 % of hours currently worked across the US economy of $ 27 trillion could be automated.

AI is a gold rush for IT, and Microsoft intends to take the Lion’s share.

To drive AI, Microsoft is building 120 herculean datacenters all over the world, just in 2023 alone.

In this AI gold rush, OpenAI is by far the leader of the industry. OpenAI is the AI industry’s biggest gold mine – and the main target of Microsoft.

Microsoft bought into a big share of the gold mine called OpenAI, but no matter the billions from Microsoft, under the current governance structure of OpenAI, Microsoft can gain no control and no freedom to maximize and extract the unfathomable profits just waiting inside OpenAI to be mined.

The power of OpenAI’s controlling idealists with their philosophies about non-profit and safety stood in the way for Microsoft to just scoop up the trillions (not “just” billions) of dollars waiting there.

All the talk about sympathy for this or that person is rubbish in the media. This is not personal – it’s just business, as they say in the movie Godfather.

What Microsoft wants is to demolish the profit-limiting structures of OpenAI and take all its development and talent under Microsoft’s full control.

No profit-cap, as hitherto. Less concern for safety and use of AI – more concern for speed and maximum commercialization.

The sudden dismissal of OpenAI’s CEO Sam Altman was justified by the Board of OpenAI with reference to a “lack of candidacy” on behalf of Sam Altman to the Board. That is a severe accusation.

We sense that the Board of OpenAI unexpectedly came across something which made them feel betrayed by CEO Sam Altman.

We therefore ask if there have been some double-dealings by Sam Altman with Microsoft behind the back of the Board of OpenAI? Some actions on behalf of the former CEO of OpenAI contravention of the Board’s ethical principles for running OpenAI by developing safe AI, not primarily for profit, but for the benefit of Humankind?

On the Board – leading the dismissal of the former CEO Sam Altman – Ilya Sutskever, OpenAI’s genius Russian-Israeli Chief Scientific Officer, is not only the indispensable key driver to OpenAI’s immense technological achievements, but also for OpenAI’s ethics and nonprofit principles.

Look through all the often very long interviews by top members of OpenAI, and it is always Ilya Sutskever who has all the basic answers about technology, scientific philosophy, safety, and ethics – nobody else.

Former CEO Sam Altman was more the figurehead who assimilated the message to every segment of audience, taking on a conservative suit and necktie for talking sweet to the formality-adhering member of the US Congress, and donning a fancy pink polo shirt and violet sunglasses when visiting and charming the fashion-conscious French.

Microsoft’s strategy relative to OpenAI is simple: Rob OpenAI of its commercially useful but less IT-talented former CEO and get so many of OpenAI’s talent with the former CEO over to Microsoft to at best make it impossible for OpenAI to continue without Microsoft’s control, alternatively for Microsoft to quickly replicate OpenAI’s achievements inside Microsoft or even better, break down OpenAI’s governance principles and give Microsoft free hand to take full control of OpenAI.

All AI talent is paid like Rock-Stars – but most well-earners will still want to earn a lot more, if they can.

With no restrictions on profit making, Microsoft has no problems bidding up the less idealistically minded majority of OpenAI’s tech-talent to earn a fortune with Microsoft.

After that, the idealists left behind at OpenAI may be demolished for lack of people to go on, or surrender to Microsoft.

AI is not just a ”tech-issue”. It is an issue of immense importance for humankind – and in that arena, a deeply consequential battle is right now being played out before the eyes of the global public.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Karsten Riise is a Master of Science (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School and has a university degree in Spanish Culture and Languages from Copenhagen University. He is the former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Mercedes-Benz in Denmark and Sweden.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image is from Pixabay

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on October 11, 2023

*** 

“Your government is currently negotiating a Pandemic Treaty with the WHO!

If it signs it, the WHO will be placed above the Constitution of your Country, and not only you, but also your Government and your Parliament will lose ALL Freedom of Choice.

Who controls the WHO controls the World. The only reasonable 100% effective and safe prevention of another criminal Plandemic is the immediate smashing of the WHO into a thousand pieces.”

My name is Thomas Binder. I studied medicine in Zurich, obtained a doctorate in immunology and virology, specialized in internal medicine and cardiology, and the 35 years of experience in diagnosis and therapy of acute respiratory infections in hospitals, in intensive care units and in my private practice,

There has NEVER been a pandemic of a killer virus.

There was a plandemic of cowards…

and do we doctors see a pandemic of severe illnesses and of sudden unexpected deaths from heart attack, myocarditis, aortic dissection, stroke and pulmonary embolism, thrombosis and the inflammation of all organs, the spatial of brain and spinal chords, disseminated inter-vascular coagulation, increased infections including CoVID, due to immuno-suppression, cancer, autoimmune diseases, infertility, miscarriage and many more.

The mRNA Vaccine

This modified RNA genocide is the greatest medical crime in human history, a humanitarian disaster of unprecedented proportions.

Currently, the pharmaceutical industry is working on transferring all vaccinations to the modified RNA vaccine platform. It is doing so, though just being able to count and to distinguish foreign from self, even having a trace of intelligence, is enough to realize that the modified RNA vaccine platform is totally nonsensical and life threatening.

Its two fundamental flaws are the injection of the construction plan, for a protein foreign to the body, without having any control over which body cells will produce it, in what dose and for how long. And the fact that it goes on to produce this foreign protein which will be mistakenly recognized by our immune system as foreign, thus destroyed… much like the rejection of a foreign organ transplanted into you.

The alleged modified RNA vaccination coerces your body to produce a toxin in unknown doses and for an unknown period of time, and literally transforms parts of you “into an Alien”.

Therefore, the entire modified RNA vaccine platform MUST BE BANNED IMMEDIATELY!

Your government is currently negotiating a Pandemic Treaty with the WHO!

If it signs it, the WHO will be placed above the Constitution of your Country, and not only you, but also your Government and your Parliament will lose ALL Freedom of Choice.

Who controls the WHO controls the World. The only reasonable 100% effective and safe prevention of another criminal plandemic is the immediate smashing of the WHO into a thousand pieces.

Dear Fellow Humans, if you have been injected once, or even several times, and perhaps even suffer from severe side effects of the modified RNA injections, do not despair. More and more responsible doctors are willing to help you… and more and more responsible scientists are researching for, one day, being able to treat even their most complex side effects.

I think with the modified RNA injections it is like with smoking; It is almost never too late to give it up and to live healthier.

Whether you were injected or not… Wake Up!

Give your spine a booster.

Stand up and tell the manufacturers, your alleged experts, your governments, your parliamentarians, your generals and your authorities, who have from the point of view of the populace, totally failed in the CoVID scandal, “ENOUGH IS ENOUGH!”

Step back at last and then stand in courts. Do this and do this if not for yourself, then for a future worth living, for your children and grandchildren NOW!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from FiercePharma


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Kennedy Assassination: The Greatest Conspiracy Ever Conceived

November 22nd, 2023 by Chaitanya Davé

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

60 years ago, the world learned with horror that charismatic, young president of America was brutally murdered.

The greater tragedy was that it was the U.S. government that carried out this heinous act.

As years went by, hundreds of books were written about it. With the hard work of countless investigators, those who refused to be swayed away by the Warren Commission Report, realized that our own government was deeply involved in this despicable murder that shocked the world.

Right after the assassination, vice-president Lyndon Johnson was sworn in as the president. He appointed the Warren Commission with chief justice Earl Warren in charge. Warren Commission later came out with an 889-page report declaring that Lee Harvey Oswald was the lone gunman who killed Kennedy.

Oswald

Image: Source: TheFreeThoughtProject.com

Unfortunately, this was the biggest cover up of a crime of this magnitude. Many experts as well as ordinary witnesses who were present at the scene as well as at the postmortem of the dead president realized that Warren Commission had lied to the public. All the evidence pointed to more than one gunman, which meant a conspiracy.

Here are some of the facts which proved that Lee Harvey Oswald was not the gunman and there were more than one gunmen who carried out this brutal murder:

  • At 10:30 a.m. on November 22, 1963, Dallas Sheriff Bill Decker held a meeting in preparation for the president’s visit to Dallas that day. Decker had called together all his deputies, about one hundred of them. That included the plainclothes men and detectives  who were especially important to the president’s safety—as Texas was a dangerous place for this president at that time—as he passed through the streets of Dallas. Decker gave his assembled officers an unusual order. He said they “were to take no part whatsoever in the security of the presidential motorcade.” This was just two hours before the president’s assassination at the Dealy Plaza. Decker had withdrawn the Dallas County component of President Kennedy’s security at the motorcade’s most vulnerable location only a few feet away. The hairpin turn from Houston to Elm Street would slow the limousine to a crawl, making the president almost stationary target for the crossfire from many possible angles. It was almost a sniper’s gallery presenting a tremendous challenge for security police. The withdrawal of Kennedy’s security made Dealy Plaza the ideal ambush site, set up with the help of those responsible for the president’s protection.

Like Sheriff Bill Decker, Dallas Police Chief Jesse Curry gave a critical order that would also keep his officers away from Dealy Plaza during the president’s perilous passage through it. Curry told his officers “To end supervision of Friday’s crowd at Houston Street and Main, a block short of the ambush, on the ground that traffic would begin to thin out there. Later, in his book, JFK Assassination File, Chief Curry pointed out that he was simply following the orders of the Secret Service. In short, Curry and Decker were carrying out orders from the Secret Service. 

The same way, motorcycle officers were ordered not to ride on the side of the presidential motorcade. Other officers who were supposed to ride standing on the side of the limousine holding the handrails-which could have blocked the shooters’ view of the president—were ordered not to ride on the side of the limousine. Thus, the president was laid bare for the shooters to ambush from the Grassy Knoll.

  • There were six seconds to shoot the president with a telescopic rifle from the 6th floor window of the Texas School Book Depository (TSBD). With one exception, no expert gunmen could shoot four bullets within six seconds with the kind of rifle Lee Oswald had. And Oswald was not a good marksman.
  • As author James Douglass rights in his excellent book, JFK: The Unspeakable, According to The Warren Report’s record of Oswald’s interrogation, when he was asked “what part of the building he was in at the time the president was shot,” “he said that he was having his lunch about that time on the second floor.” Oswald added that “he went to the second floor where the Coca Cola machine was located and obtained a bottle of Coca Cola for his lunch.” 

A key witness, whose testimony was covered up by the FBI, placed Oswald in fact in the second-floor lunchroom (where the Coca Cola machine was located) at 12:15 p.m. 

Carolyn Arnold was the secretary to the Depository vice president. She knew Oswald because he was in the habit of stopping by her desk on the second floor, asking her for a change in nickels and dimes. In an interview with Dallas reporter Earl Golz, Arnold said “she saw Oswald in the second-floor lunchroom as she was on her way out of the depository to watch the presidential motorcade Nov. 22, 1963.”

Arnold author Anthony Summers the time of her seeing Oswald was “about 12:15. It may have been slightly later.” She told Earl Golz she actually left the building at 12:15 p.m., few minutes before the president was shot. She went inside again as she had a craving for a glass of water as she was pregnant. As she went into the lunchroom, to quench her thirst, she saw Oswald having his lunch. In retrospect, it was her most memorable experience in an unforgettable way day. 

“I do not recall that he (Oswald) was doing anything,” she said. I just recall that he was sitting there in one of the booth seats on the right-hand side of the room as you go in. He was alone as usual and appeared to be having lunch. I did not speak to him but I recognized him clearly.”

The motorcade was running late. The president was scheduled to pass the Depository at 12:25 p.m., ten minutes after Carolyn Arnold saw Oswald sitting in the booth seat on the second-floor lunchroom. If an assassin planned to shoot President Kennedy from sixth-floor window at 12:25, would he have been sitting in the second-floor lunchroom at 12:15?

Image: Picture of President Kennedy in the limousine in Dallas, Texas, on Main Street, minutes before the assassination. Also in the presidential limousine are Jackie Kennedy, Texas Governor John Connally, and his wife, Nellie. (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

Kennedy was shot at 12:30 PM., supposedly from the 6th floor south-east window of TSBD.

There are many other discrepancies in the Warren Report. The report dismissed many witnesses whose testimony proved that there were more than one shooter and Oswald was not the shooter.

  • Neck Wound: Kennedy’s neck had an original bullet entrance wound. But by the time final postmortem was done, his neck wound was altered to make it look like an exit wound as if this bullet came from the back, supposedly from TSBD. The entrance wound in the neck means he was also shot from the front, which means there were more than one shooter. This means it was a conspiracy. So, the conspirators had to hide this fact. 
  • Grassy Knoll: As the presidential limousine made a left turn on the elm street, it passed by the grassy knoll which was on its right side. Many witnesses saw two men hiding behind the wooden fence at the grassy knoll. Other witnesses saw  and heard shots coming from the grassy knoll. The most fatal shot to the president’s head (from right-side) came from the grassy knoll according to several witnesses. This was the shot which blew President Kennedy’s head and a big chunk of his brain flew in the back of his motorcade. Here the president was shot from front right side. Another proof of the conspiracy of more than one shooter.
  • Car Speed: As the presidential limousine made a right turn on the Elm Street, it slowed down considerably! This was intentional as that made the assassins’ work easier to shoot at the president. 
  • Texas School Book Depository: Two Men Seen: Some witnesses saw two men at the south-east corner sixth floor window with rifles at the time of the shooting. This is where Oswald was supposed to have shot the president with three shots according to the Warren Report.
  • Officer J. D. Tippit Killing: As per the Warren Report, Oswald also shot and killed officer J.D. Tippit and then went to the theatre. In reality, several witnesses who lived and worked across the scene of the shooting, saw a man shooting Tippit and running away with a pistol who absolutely did not look like Oswald. Even the revolver bullet from Tippit’s body were different from Oswald’s revolver. And the witnesses who testified and spoke about this were later killed.
  • Postmortem: Against the law, the body of the dead president was forcefully taken away from Parkland Hospital where it was taken after he was shot dead. It was flown to Bethesda Naval Maryland Hospital at Bethesda, Maryland. The postmortem of the president’s body was privately done there. His wounds were altered to make it look like he was only shot from the rear to confirm to pre-decided narrative that he was shot from the rear from the 6th floor window of TSBD by Oswald.  

Basically, Oswald was just a patsy. Even Oswald himself said that when he was arrested. Oswald was made a scapegoat of this conspiracy to kill this president and massive cover-up of this heinous crime followed.

Oswald and CIA connection: Yes, Oswald did have a CIA connection. But his CIA connection did his undoing. The CIA found Oswald to be an ideal candidate to put the entire blame of this horrible crime on him. He was very cleverly set up as a patsy, a scapegoat. He was even given a job at the Texas School Book Depository a month before only. CIA used Mafia to try to assassinate Fidel Castro of Cuba. So, they had close connection in those years. Jack Ruby was a night club owner deeply connected with the Mafia He also was friends with Oswald. 

Lyndon Johnson’s Involvement: Years later, Johnson’s mistress, reportedly said that the night before the assassination, Johnson told her that “The Kennedys will never embarrass me”. After the assassination, years later, she told that “one night when they were together, she asked Johnson if he was involved in the Kennedy assassination. She said, “Johnson got very upset with her.” After the assassination, Johnson played a major role in the cover-up of the conspiracy. After the reelection of Kennedy in 1964, Johnson knew that he would be dropped as the vice-President. He was soon going to be exposed for a huge corruption scandal. So, once he assumed the presidency, he was able to suppress all these things.

Oil Billionaires: It had become known that Kennedy was going to pass laws by which oil billionaires would have to pay substantial amount of taxes from their income. The night before the assassination, there took place a big party in Dallas supposedly attended by Lyndon Johnson, FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover, and oil billionaires of Texas at oil billionaire’s mansion. Once again, a week after the assassination, another big party was held at an oil billionaire’s mansion where champagne was served and the attendees laughed and enjoyed themselves.

At least 33 of many JFK assassination related witnesses died unnaturally within three years of the assassination. As Richard Blazer and David Wayne write in their book, “Hit List”, all the witnesses—who spoke out or were to testify to Warren Commission or to Jim Garrison the New Orlean’s Attorney Journal,  and whose testimony will prove the existence of conspiracy–, related to the Kennedy assassination and the conspiracy were mysteriously murdered or were killed in an accident. The authors point out that according to an actuary hired by London Sunday Times, odds of 18 material witnesses dying within three years of the assassination were one-hundred-thousand-trillion-to-one! In reality, many more witnesses who had the critical information regarding the conspiracy mysteriously died or were killed.

Who Killed Kennedy and Why?

Several criminal entities decided to eliminate this president who they hated because of his policies. 

  • Kennedy wanted to withdraw from Vietnam because he thought it was their war and didn’t want U.S. troops getting killed there. He had decided to pull out 1000 members of the U.S. military by the end of 1963, and all of them by the end of 1965. Kennedy’s decision to withdraw from Vietnam was part of a larger strategy for peace that he and Nikita Khrushchev had mutually committed to, which in Kennedy’s case would result in his death. Thomas Merton had seen it coming if Kennedy pursued peace. JFK agreed. He felt that his own demise was increasingly likely if he continued to buck his military advisers. Still, he proceeded to do exactly that. After vetoing the introduction of U.S. troops at the Bay of Pigs, he resisted the Joint Chief’s even more intense pressures to bomb and invade Cuba in the Cuban Missile Crisis of October 1962. Then just ignored his military and CIA advisers by moving sharply towards peace in his American University address, his partial Test Ban Treaty with the Soviet Premier, and his quest for a dialogue with Fidel Castro. His October 1963 decision to withdraw from Vietnam once again broke the Cold War Rule of his National Security State. As Merton had predicted, Kennedy was going deeper in his pursuit of peace—and to its fatal consequences. 
  • Thus, in his quest for peace, he was infuriating the Joint Chief, the Pentagon, and the CIA. JFK was appalled  by the nuclear war. During one NSC meeting in the White House on July 20, 1961, General Hickey, chairman of the “Net Evaluation Subcommittee” of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, presented a plan for a nuclear surprise attack on the Soviet Union. Other presenters of this plan were General Lyman Lemnitzer, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, CIA director Allen Dulles, Vice President Lyndon Johnson’s military aide, etc. Kennedy walked out of the meeting disgusted. Not only he was appalled by a general nuclear war, but his walkout was also in response to a more specific evil in his own ranks; U.S. military leaders were enlisting his support for a 
     plan to launch a nuclear attack on the Soviet Union. Later in disgust, he told Dean Rusk, the Secretary of State, “And we call ourselves the human race!”
  • By refusing to give air-cover to the Cuban exiles who had invaded Cuba during the Bay of Pigs Crisis, he had made right wing Cuban exiles in Floria very angry.
  • As veteran journalist Seymour Hersh contended in his book, “The Dark Side of Camelot”, that money, muscle and influence of organized crime helped John Kennedy win the closely contested 1960 election. Further he writes that the Mafia was brought into the Kennedy presidential campaign—and helped the Democrats carry the key state of Illinois—mainly at the instigation of Joseph P. Kennedy Sr., founder of the family political dynasty. 

One time Kennedy pal Frank Sinatra also played a part in enlisting the aid of organized crime chieftain Sam Giancana in the struggle for the White House against Republican Richard Nixon, Tina Sinatra, Sinatra’s daughter told Hersh.

But after the election, Kennedy’s younger brother, Attorney General Robert Kennedy went after the Mafias and their crimes. This made the Mafia bosses very angry; They felt cheated. So, they were deeply involved in Kennedy’s assassination. 

  • J. Edgar Hoover, the FBI chief, didn’t have good relations with Kennedy. After the 1964 election, Kennedy was going to replace Hoover and he knew that. So, Hoover too was involved in the JFK assassination.
  • The CIA director, Allen Dulles hated Kennedy whom he considered a pinko and an interloper. Kennedy had fired him from his post after the Bay of Pigs fiasco. Hence, Allen Dulles was another major player in the conspiracy to kill Kennedy.
  • Kennedy knew that the CIA was committing crimes around the world. So, once he had said, “I will splinter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter it into the wind.” This clearly shows that Kennedy hated the CIA and its nefarious activities. Similarly, CIA’s high officials hated Kennedy and his peace seeking policies.
  • Right wing Cuban exiles who were involved in the failed invasion of Cuba at the Bay of Pigs were captured and humiliated by Castro. As Kennedy refused to get involved by not giving them air-cover, they hated Kennedy. 
  • Dallas Police were also involved in the conspiracy. Dallas mayor Earl Cabell who had been elected mayor of Dallas in May 1961, oversaw arrangements for Kennedy’s trip and motorcade, which took him through Dealy Plaza, a rout that violated almost all standard rules for the presidential safety—and where normal safeguards, such as sealing windows and placing sharpshooters were ignored. Mayor Cabell was a CIA asset. It is to be noted that Earl Cabell’s brother Charles left the CIA on January 31, 1962, after Kennedy forced him to resign.

JFK assassination was the result of a mind-boggling conspiracy hatched by a combination of people high in various institution of the country such as the CIA, FBI, Dallas Police Department, the Secret Service, oil billionaires and the Mafia. All these forces were stacked against a peace-loving young president whose only crime was he wanted to end the cold war with the Soviet Union, be friends with Cuba and thus protect the world from nuclear holocaust. But the “powers that be” didn’t like it. So, they got together, conspired, and brutally assassinated the president.

If our government can kill our own president, who can they not kill? Which leader or individual in our country or around the world is safe?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Chaitanya Davé is an engineer and a businessman. He has authored three books: CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY: A Shocking Record of US Crimes since 1776-2007, COLLAPSE: Civilization on the Brink-2010, CAPITALISM’S MARCH OF DESTRUCTION: Replacing it with People and Nature-Friendly Economy. Author of many articles on politics, history, and the environment. Founder/President of a non-profit charity foundation helping the poor villagers of India, Nepal, Haiti, USA-homeless and other poor countries. He can be contacted at [email protected]. 

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from OffGuardian

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Unedited footage released Friday by House Speaker Mike Johnson is devastating the Democrat narrative that a violent insurrection unfolded at the US Capitol on Jan. 6.

Clips below, available at the CHA Oversight Subcommittee Reading Room, instead show Capitol Police officers gleefully shaking hands with, fist-bumping protesters and leading protesters through the halls of the Capitol.

In the following clip, police uncuff a “protester” after he’s led away from the crowd, then fist-bump him before telling him to proceed around a metal detector.

The contrast between Democrats’ narrative and what actually happened is so absurd many used it as a meme opportunity.

Importantly, the videos do not show protesters violently attacking police officers, or by any means attempting to overthrow the election.

The protest was for the most part literally a mostly peaceful demonstration.

As previous footage has shown, in many cases police instigated the infamous Capitol riot by firing rubber bullets at otherwise peaceful protesters.

Former Republican Sen. Liz Cheney (Wyo.), who sat on the Jan. 6 Committee, attempted to push back against the damning footage circulating on social media by sharing a selectively-edited montage of some of the more contentious moments that day.

Many are hopeful the hours of footage now in the public’s hands will contain exculpatory evidence helping exonerate J6 defendants.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Credit: Infowars.com

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Oct. 21, 2023 – Clarksville, TN – 40 year old Rayne Williamson died after a 2 year battle with synovial sarcoma which was diagnosed in June 2021 when she was pregnant with twins.

  • On March 31, 2021, Rayna did IVF with 2 embryo transplants and started having difficulty breathing
  • In June 2021 she was told she was expecting twins, but also told she had a lung mass that was diagnosed a Synovial Sarcoma and was surgically removed
  • In Oct. 2021 she was diagnosed with brain metastasis “the size of a racquetball” which was surgically removed Nov. 2, 2021.
  • Nov. 29, 2021 she started 6 rounds of chemo
  • Dec. 23, 2021 her twins were born
  • May 11, 2022 she had lung surgery for a 2nd lung tumor.
  • Sep. 6, 2022 she had another new lung mass, surgery Dec. 31, 2022.
  • Oct. 30, 2022 she did a 3 week stay in Mexico at an alternative medicine clinic
  • March 2023 she had more chemo, radiation ending in May 2023.
  • Doctors at MD Anderson said she may have years still to live
  • She died on Oct. 21, 2023

Nov. 3, 2023 – Bremen, GA – 30 year old Hannah Hill was diagnosed with a massive sarcoma of the right lung. She has a 5 month old, who seems to be doing fine. She is currently responding to chemo after 1st type of chemo didn’t work.

Nov. 2, 2023 – Asheville, NC – 21 year old Hannah Raines was diagnosed with relapse of Ewing sarcoma while 30 weeks pregnant, in August 2023.

Oct. 20, 2023 – New Martinsville, WV – Larissa is 10 weeks pregnant and she was diagnosed with recurrence of Stage 4 Ewing Sarcoma.

Oct. 19, 2023 – Sioux Falls, SD – Savannah Dickelman was diagnosed with cancerous tumor while 5 months pregnant in Nov. 2021, but received a diagnosis of leiomyosarcoma only in Jan. 2023.

Oct. 1, 2023 – Kansas City, MO – 17 year old Aria Mia Gonzalez had Ewing Sarcoma when she was 13 but she was in remission since. In May 2023, when she was 30 weeks pregnant, she was diagnosed with sarcoma cancer recurrence and died quickly on Oct. 1, 2023.

Oct. 3, 2023 – Anna Taylor was diagnosed with Rhabdomyosarcoma of the right orbital socket during pregnancy. Her cancer is spreading rapidly and is deemed terminal. Recently it has metastasized to her lungs.

Sep. 16, 2023 – UK – 45 year old Sabrina had a complicated pregnancy and had to be delivered at 31 weeks because “blood flow to her baby was slowing down”. She was diagnosed with Stage 4 Synovial Sarcoma of her lung.

Sep. 1, 2023 – Harlingen, TX – Aaliyah was diagnosed with recurrence of Osteosarcoma during 2nd pregnancy (initial diagnosis was 2 months postpartum after 1st pregnancy). She had her leg amputated “so she can finally live a noraml life with her boys”. Then baby Khaza was born and Aaliyah began suffering from neck and back pain – there are now several tumors in her neck and back. Stage 4.

Aug. 22, 2023 – Canberra, Australia – 29 year old Rachel Dojcinoski was diagnosed with sarcoma in Jan.2023 a couple of months after giving birth to a preterm baby who has had very serious complications.

July 15, 2023 – Roseburg, OR – Samantha’s baby was diagnosed with severe skeletal dysplasia and smooth brain. Baby was born and died on July 2, 2023. Samantha was then immediately diagnosed with Stage 4 Sarcoma of her thigh that has spread to her lungs.

Dec. 5, 2022 – Colleen was diagnosed with Clear Cell Sarcoma of the knee during second trimester of pregnancy in early 2022. She delivered a baby in June 2022. She did not respond to therapy and died shortly after on Dec. 5, 2022.

May 3, 2022 – Alsip, IL – Stephanie Hermann was diagnosed with sarcoma in her toe while pregnant. She had it amputated. After the birth of her baby, the sarcoma returned aggressive.

March 2022 – Everett, WA – Jackie Nishimura was diagnosed with Alveolar soft part sarcoma while pregnant with her daughter.

Reproductive Age Women Who Developed Sarcoma After Pfizer Or Moderna (12 Cases)

VAERS ID 1510243: 35 yo female, California, hepatic angiosarcoma 3 months after Moderna 2nd jab

VAERS ID 1797711: 15 yo female, New York, developed lumps near her groin and lower buttock that were diagnosed as rhabdomyosarcoma, 11 days after her 2nd Pfizer dose.

VAERS ID 1839199: 14 yo female, New Jersey, developed cough 14 days after 2nd Pfizer dose, was diagnosed with 3 tumors on lung, Ewing sarcoma.

VAERS ID 1913198: 13 yo female, Texas had Pfizer, 1 month later had upper back pain and diagnosed with epithelioid sarcoma.

VAERS ID 2051706: 13 yo female had 1st Pfizer mRNA, developed soft tissue sarcoma with unknown outcome.

VAERS ID 2139961: 47 yo female, had J&J May 21, 2021, on Jan.10, 2022 presented with recurrent metastatic uterine leiomyosarcoma

VAERS ID 2319530: 15 yo female, Texas, developed a rapidly growing sarcoma in the left breast that required mastectomy, happened 1.5 months after 1st Pfizer jab (had 1st Pfizer mRNA Aug. 25, 2021)

VAERS ID 2372072: 38 yo female, California, developed aggressively growing mass that was diagnosed as dedifferentiated retroperitoneal liposarcoma (extremely aggressive), 2 months after 2nd Pfizer jab.

VAERS ID 2397520: Female, California, had 1st Pfizer mRNA Mar.21, 2021, 8 months later was diagnosed with carcinosarcoma of uterus Stage 4. 

VAERS ID 2580485: 28 yo female, Arkansas, had 2nd Pfizer Jan. 14, 2021. Felt breast mass in Feb. 2021. Had a baby and was then diagnosed with angiosarcoma of the breast!

VAERS ID 2613201: 47 yo female had 2nd Pfizer April 26, 2021. Presented on Sep. 12, 2021 with acute respiratory failure and leiomyosarcoma of abdomen.

VAERS ID 2694517: 52 yo Female had 1st Pfizer mRNA. Developed a cardiac mass, Grade 3 LA intimal spindle cell sarcoma.

My Take…

Pfizer & Moderna COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines cause aggressive cancers caused “Turbo Cancers”.

The top 5 most common are: lymphoma, glioblastoma, breast, colon and lung.

However, sarcomas are in the top 10 Turbo Cancers that are skyrocketing since COVID-19 Vaccines rolled out.

The fact that there are 12 VAERS reports of Turbo Cancer Sarcomas after Pfizer or Moderna mRNA Vaccine in reproductive age women (including one after she had a baby) is insane!

Pregnant women are at higher risk of developing Turbo Cancers and no one knows why. No one is studying this and no one is protecting them.

On October 25, 2023, I wrote an article on Turbo Breast Cancer in Pregnancy (20 cases). This is the second article in the series.

These articles on Turbo Cancer in Pregnancy, are “First in the World”.

I can write these articles because the largest organized crime ring in Canada that runs $23 billion/year Alberta Health Services (headed by Trudeau loyalists Francois Belanger and Verna Yiu – current University of Alberta Vice President) failed to silence me, after offering me a $400,000 bribe and a Non-Disclosure Agreement to sign, then threatening my family and my children and finally my Alberta medical license #023044, which I told them they can keep, along with their $400k bribe.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

History is repeating itself – and every politician and establishment journalist is pretending they cannot see what is staring them in the face. There is a collective and wilful refusal to join the dots in Gaza, even when they point in one direction only.

There has been a consistent pattern to Israel’s behaviour since its creation 75 years ago – just as there has been a consistent pattern to the “see no evil, hear no evil” response of western powers.

In 1948, in events the Palestinians call their “Nakba”, or Catastrophe, 80 percent of Palestinians were ethnically cleansed from their lands in what became the self-declared Jewish state of Israel.

As Palestinians maintained at the time – and Israeli historians later confirmed from archival documents – Israel’s leaders lied when they said Palestinians had fled of their own volition, on the orders of neighbouring Arab states.

As the historians also discovered, Israeli leaders lied when they claimed that they had pleaded, first, with the 900,000 Palestinians inside the new state’s borders to stay and, later, with the 750,000 forced into exile to return home. 

Rather, the archives showed that the new Israeli state’s soldiers had carried out terrible massacres to drive out the Palestinian population. The overall ethnic cleansing operation had a name, Plan Dalet. 

Palestinian refugees in 1948 Photo: Public Domain

Later, Israeli leaders even lied in minimising the number of Palestinian agricultural communities they had destroyed: there were more than 500 wiped from the face of the earth by Israeli bulldozers and army sappers. Paradoxically, this procedure was popularly known by Israelis as “making the desert bloom”.

Extraordinarily, reputable scholars, journalists and politicians in the West – those who dominate the mainstream conversation – ignored all this evidence of Israeli deceit and mendacity for decades, even after Israeli historians and archival documents supported the Palestinian account of the Nakba.

Various strategies were adopted to keep the truth out of view. Prominent observers continued peddling discredited Israeli talking points. Others threw up their hands, arguing that the truth could not be definitively determined. And yet more declared that, even if bad things had happened, there was blame enough to go round on both sides and that, anyway, it was an excellent thing the Jewish people had a sanctuary (even if Palestinians paid the price rather than the antisemites and genocidaires in Europe).

These defences started to crumble with the advent of social media and a digital world in which information could be disseminated more easily. Western elites hurriedly tried to shut down any critical discussion of the circumstances in which the state of Israel was birthed by labelling it as antisemitism.

Ever-shrinking space

All of this is the context for understanding the current “mainstream” debate about what’s happening in Gaza. We are seeing the same disconnect between actual events and the establishment’s crafting of a narrative to excuse Israel, except this time the deception and gaslighting are occurring while we, the audience, can see for ourselves the horrifying facts unfold in real time.

We don’t need historians to tell us what is going on in Gaza. It is live on television (or at least the more sanitised version is).

Let’s just recount the known facts.

Israeli officials have called for the eradication of Gaza as a place where Palestinians can live, and said all Palestinians are viewed as legitimate targets for Israel’s bombs and bullets.

Palestinians have been ordered out of the northern half of Gaza. Israel has attacked Gaza’s hospitals, the last sanctuaries for Palestinians in the north.

Gaza was already one of the most crowded places on Earth. But Palestinians have been forced into the southern half of the strip, where they are being subjected to a “complete siege” that denies them food, water and power. The UN warned last week that Gaza’s civilian population faced the “immediate possibility” of starvation.

A view from the area after Israeli airstrikes on Jabalia refugee camp in northern Gaza, on October 31, 2023. [Stringer – Anadolu Agency

Israel has now ordered Palestinians to leave much of the largest city in southern Gaza, Khan Younis. Palestinians are gradually being forced to huddle in the narrow corridor at Rafah, next to the border with Egypt. Some 2.3 million people are being packed into an ever-shrinking space.

The majority have no home to return to, even if Israel lets them head north. The schools, universities, bakeries, mosques and churches are mostly gone. Much of Gaza is a wasteland.  

For years Israel has had a plan to drive Palestinians out of Gaza, across the border, into the Egyptian territory of Sinai.

Media Blindness

Even more so than in 1948, what Israel is doing is staring us in the face in real time. And yet, just as in 1948, Israel’s lies and deceptions dominate the West’s media and political narrative.

Israel is openly carrying out ethnic cleansing inside Gaza. Most genocide experts conclude it is carrying out genocide too. The goal in both cases is to cause another Great Ethnic Cleansing, driving Palestinians outside their homeland as happened in 1948 and again in 1967 under cover of war.  

And yet neither of these terms – ethnic cleansing and genocide – are in the “mainstream” coverage of, and commentary about, Israel’s attack on Gaza.

We’re still told that this is about “eradicating” Hamas – something that very obviously cannot be achieved because you can’t eradicate an oppressed people’s determination to resist their oppressor. The more you oppress them, the more resistance you provoke.    

The West is now trying to focus public attention on the “day after”, as though this wasteland can be governed by anyone, let alone the chronically weak, Vichy-style regime known as the Palestinian Authority. 

It is astonishing to see that what was true in 1948 is equally true in 2023. Israel spreads lies and deceit. Western elites repeat those lies. And even when Israel commits crimes against humanity in broad daylight, when it warns in advance of what it is doing, Western establishments still refuse to acknowledge those crimes.

The truth, which should have been obvious long before, in 1948, is that Israel is not a peace-loving, liberal democracy. It is a classic settler colonial state, following in a long “Western” tradition that led to the founding of the United States, Canada and Australia, among others.

Settler colonialism’s mission is always the same: to replace the native population.

A Defining Moral Cause

After its mass ethnic cleansing operations of 1948 and 1967, Israel tried to manage the remaining Palestinian population through the traditional apartheid model of herding the natives into reservations, as its predecessors did with the remnants of the “locals” who survived their efforts at extermination.

Any caution on Israel’s part derived from the different political climate it had to operate in: international law became more central after World War Two, with clear definitions of war crimes and crimes against humanity.

The West wilfully mischaracterises Israel’s process of dispossessing and ghettoising these remaining Palestinians as a “conflict” because they refuse to submit quietly to the apartheid, ghettoisation model.

Now, Israel’s management approach to the Palestinians has broken down completely – for two main reasons.

First, the Palestinians, aided by new technologies that have made it more difficult to keep them out of view, have attracted ever widening popular support – and most problematically, among Western publics.

The Palestinians have also managed to bring their cause to international forums, even gaining recognition as a state by a majority of members of the United Nations. Potentially, they even have redress in the West’s international legal institutions, like the International Criminal Court and the International Court of Justice. 

As a result, subduing the Palestinians – or maintaining “calm”, as Western establishments prefer to call it – has become more and more difficult and expensive.

And second, on October 7, Hamas proved that Palestinian resistance cannot be contained even under a siege enforced by drones, and an Iron Dome interception system protecting Israel from retaliatory rockets. In such circumstances, Palestinians have shown they will seek surprising and creative ways to break out of their confinement and bring their oppression into the spotlight.

In fact, given the West’s dulled sensitivities to Palestinian suffering, militant factions are likely to deduce that headline-grabbing atrocities – mirroring Israel’s own historic approach to the Palestinians – are the only way to gain attention.

Israel understands that the Palestinians are going to continue being a thorn in its side, a reminder that Israel is not a normal state. And the struggle to correct Israel’s decades of dispossessing and brutalising Palestinians will become ever more a defining moral cause among Western publics, as the fight against apartheid South Africa once was.

So Israel is taking advantage of this moment to “finish the job”. The final destination is clearly in view, as, in truth, it has been for more than seven decades. The crime is unfolding step by step, the pace quickening. And yet senior politicians and journalists in the West – like their predecessors – continue to be blind to it all.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jonathan Cook is the author of three books on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and a winner of the Martha Gellhorn Special Prize for Journalism. His website and blog can be found at www.jonathan-cook.net

Draconian measures against free speech and free expression have become intense in the course of the last three weeks amid the Israeli siege of Gaza. 

Online censorship, imposed by Big Tech in coordination with Big Money, has made objective reporting and the subsequent pursuit and consumption of objective news particularly difficult as search algorithms exclude content that do not boost their propaganda. 

But thanks to you, our readers, for having joined us in our fight for truth. With your help in the circulation of our online content, you have contributed to global peace and justice. Though it is still a long way to go, you are already making an impact!

However, more work needs to be done, which is why we are asking you to be indefatigable in your efforts. We appeal that you continue sharing our content. You can do so by doing any or all of the following:

  • forward Global Research articles via email and other communication apps;
  • crosspost GR articles on your websites and/or blogs;
  • post and share GR articles on social media and internet discussion groups; and
  • subscribe to our daily newsletter, free of charge.

Moreover, if you have the capacity to help us meet our running costs, you may click on the links below to become a member or make a donation. We appreciate your generosity. Again, you are already making a difference!

 

Click to view our membership plans

Click to make a one-time or a recurring donation

 


Thank you for supporting independent media. 

-The Global Research Team

President John F. Kennedy: His Life and Public Assassination by the CIA

By Edward Curtin, November 22, 2023

Why President Kennedy was publicly murdered by the CIA sixty years ago has never been more important.  All pseudo-debates to the contrary – including the numerous and growing claims that it was not the U.S. national security state but the Israelis that assassinated the president, which exonerates the CIA – the truth about the assassination has long been evident. 

What If the Constitution No Longer Applied? Freedom’s Greatest Hour of Danger Is Now

By John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead, November 22, 2023

The government is pushing us ever closer to a constitutional crisis. What makes the outlook so much bleaker is the utter ignorance of the American people—and those who represent them—about their freedoms, history, and how the government is supposed to operate.

Israel’s Genocide Against Palestine: Shame on the US Ambassador to the UN: She Has Forgotten Her Roots

By Steven Sahiounie, November 22, 2023

Linda Thomas-Greenfield, the US Ambassador to the United Nations, has refused to ask for a ceasefire in Gaza to save lives, after more than 12,000 civilians have died, and half are children. Thomas-Greenfield’s policy statements suggest Israelis are deserving of human rights, while Palestinians are not.  

China Hails Strategic Alliance with Russia While US Officials Try “Damage Control” After Biden’s “Xi Dictator” Remark

By Drago Bosnic, November 21, 2023

As diplomatic etiquette is an entirely unknown concept to the United States, its political elites obviously think it’s just another day at the office when describing world leaders as supposed “dictators”. For instance, on September 15, German Foreign Minister Annalena Baerbock called Chinese President Xi Jinping a “dictator”, resulting in further cooling of the already strained relations between Beijing and Berlin.

Continued Support for Ukraine Is Fading, but Zelensky Will Press On in a Seemingly Endless Conflict the World Wants to Forget

By Philip Giraldi, November 21, 2023

You are feted by Washington’s most celebrated and powerful and featured as Time magazine’s Man of the Year. You return home in triumph bearing pledges of tens of billions of dollars in support for your war against a feared and hated invader. But a year later, everything looks a lot different with all the backslappers and glad handers curiously unwilling to get together to talk strategy.

Pilot Warns of Airline Industry Disaster Due to COVID-19 Vaccines

By Sally Beck and Dr. William Makis, November 21, 2023

Captain Shane Murdock says the air industry is ‘poised on the precipice of disaster’. A pilot for more than 40 years and a qualified air accident investigator, he has found official data that back up his claim of impending global catastrophe.

Israel’s War on Hospitals

By Chris Hedges, November 22, 2023

Israel is carrying out a campaign to make Gaza uninhabitable. This campaign includes destroying all of Gaza’s hospitals. The message Israel is sending is clear – Nowhere is safe. If you stay you die.

Seventeen Covid Pandemic Lies We’ve Been Told

By Richard Gale and Dr. Gary Null, November 22, 2023

Looking back over the past three years and ten months since the outbreak of the SARS-CoV-2 virus in Wuhan, the world has been on a roller coaster ride torn between competing and warring scenarios about what took place, how and why.

Against Our Better Judgment: The Hidden History of How the U.S. Was Used to Create Israel

By Richard C. Cook and Alison Weir, November 21, 2023

Against Our Better Judgment: The Hidden History of How the U.S. Was Used to Create Israel begins by explaining that support for Zionism, defined as the desire for creation of a Jewish national state somewhere in the world, goes back in U.S. history to the late 1880s, around the time that the Zionist Movement was becoming prominent in Europe.

Beliefs in Every Group Are Shaped by Liars. Americans as an Example of this. America Started The War in Ukraine in 2014

By Eric Zuesse, November 21, 2023

In U.S.-and-allied countries, the belief is overwhelmingly widespread that the war in Ukraine was started “by Russia’s unprovoked invasion of Ukraine”. However, this widely-circulated belief in The West is clearly and unequivocally false, because the war in Ukraine started in 2014, as both NATO’s Stoltenberg and Ukraine’s Zelensky have said.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

“What if the rights and principles guaranteed in the Constitution have been so distorted in the past 200 years as to be unrecognizable by the Founders? What if the government was the reason we don’t have a Constitution anymore? What if freedom’s greatest hour of danger is now?—Andrew P. Napolitano

We are approaching critical mass, the point at which all hell breaks loose.

The government is pushing us ever closer to a constitutional crisis.

What makes the outlook so much bleaker is the utter ignorance of the American people—and those who represent them—about their freedoms, history, and how the government is supposed to operate.

As Morris Berman points out in his book Dark Ages America,

“70 percent of American adults cannot name their senators or congressmen; more than half don’t know the actual number of senators, and nearly a quarter cannot name a single right guaranteed by the First Amendment. Sixty-three percent cannot name the three branches of government. Other studies reveal that uninformed or undecided voters often vote for the candidate whose name and packaging (e.g., logo) are the most powerful; color is apparently a major factor in their decision.”

More than government corruption and ineptitude, police brutality, terrorism, gun violence, drugs, illegal immigration or any other so-called “danger” that threatens our nation, civic illiteracy may be what finally pushes us over the edge.

As Thomas Jefferson warned, no nation can be both ignorant and free.

Unfortunately, the American people have existed in a technology-laden, entertainment-fueled, perpetual state of cluelessness for so long that civic illiteracy has become the new normal for the citizenry.

It’s telling that Americans were more able to identify Michael Jackson as the composer of a number of songs than to know that the Bill of Rights was the first 10 amendments to the U.S. Constitution.

In fact, most immigrants who aspire to become citizens know more about national civics than native-born Americans. Surveys indicate that a majority in every state but Vermont would fail a test of U.S. citizenship questions.

Not even the government bureaucrats who are supposed to represent us know much about civics, American history and geography, or the Constitution although they take an oath to uphold, support and defend the Constitution against “enemies foreign and domestic.”

For instance, a few year ago, a couple attempting to get a marriage license was forced to prove to a government official that New Mexico is, in fact, one of the 50 states and not a foreign country.

You can’t make this stuff up.

Here’s a classic example of how surreal the landscape has become.

Every year, the White House issues a proclamation affirming the importance of the Bill of Rights.

These proclamations pay lip service to the government’s commitment to upholding the Constitution and guarding against government abuses of power.

Don’t believe it for a second.

The government doesn’t want its abuses checked and its powers restricted.

For that matter, this is not a government that holds the Constitution in high esteem.

Indeed, we wouldn’t be in this sorry state if it weren’t for the damage inflicted in recent years on the freedoms enshrined in the Bill of Rights, which historically served as the bulwark from government abuse.

In the so-called named of national security, the Constitution has been steadily chipped away at, undermined, eroded, whittled down, and generally discarded to such an extent that what we are left with is but a shadow of the robust document adopted more than two centuries ago.

The Bill of Rights—462 words that represent the most potent and powerful rights ever guaranteed to a group of people officially—became part of the U.S. Constitution on December 15, 1791, because early Americans such as James Madison and Thomas Jefferson understood the need to guard against the government’s inclination to abuse its power.

Yet the reality we must come to terms with is that in the America we live in today, the government does whatever it wants.

Make no mistake: if our individual freedoms have been restricted, it is only so that the government’s powers could be expanded at our expense.

The USA Patriot Act, passed in the wake of the 9/11 attacks, drove a stake through the heart of the Bill of Rights, violating at least six of the ten original amendments—the First, Fourth, Fifth, Sixth, Seventh and Eighth Amendments—and possibly the Thirteenth and Fourteenth Amendments, as well. The Patriot Act also redefined terrorism so broadly that many non-terrorist political activities such as protest marches, demonstrations and civil disobedience were considered potential terrorist acts, thereby rendering anyone desiring to engage in protected First Amendment expressive activities as suspects of the surveillance state.

Since 9/11, we’ve been spied on by surveillance cameras, eavesdropped on by government agents, had our belongings searched, our phones tapped, our mail opened, our email monitored, our opinions questioned, our purchases scrutinized (under the USA Patriot Act, banks are required to analyze your transactions for any patterns that raise suspicion and to see if you are connected to any objectionable people), and our activities watched.

We’ve also been subjected to invasive patdowns and whole-body scans of our persons and seizures of our electronic devices in the nation’s airports and at border crossings.

We can’t even purchase certain cold medicine at the pharmacy anymore without it being reported to the government and our names being placed on a watch list.

Government surveillance, militarized police, SWAT team raids, asset forfeiture, eminent domain, overcriminalization, armed surveillance drones, whole body scanners, stop and frisk searches (all sanctioned by Congress, the White House, the courts and the like), etc.: these are merely the weapons of the police state.

The power of the police state is dependent on a populace that meekly obeys without question.

Remember: when it comes to the staggering loss of civil liberties, the Constitution hasn’t changed. Rather, it is the American people who have changed.

Those who gave us the Constitution and the Bill of Rights believed that the government exists at the behest of its citizens. The government’s purpose is to protect, defend and even enhance our freedoms, not violate them.

It was no idle happenstance that the Constitution opens with these three powerful words: “We the people.” Those who founded this country knew quite well that every citizen must remain vigilant or freedom would be lost. As Thomas Paine recognized, “It is the responsibility of the patriot to protect his country from its government.”

You have no rights unless you exercise them.

Still, you can’t exercise your rights unless you know what those rights are.

“If Americans do not understand the Constitution and the institutions and processes through which we are governed, we cannot rationally evaluate important legislation and the efforts of our elected officials, nor can we preserve the national unity necessary to meaningfully confront the multiple problems we face today,” warns the Brennan Center in its Civic Literacy Report Card. “Rather, every act of government will be measured only by its individual value or cost, without concern for its larger impact. More and more we will ‘want what we want, and [will be] convinced that the system that is stopping us is wrong, flawed, broken or outmoded.’”

Education precedes action.

As the Brennan Center concludes “America, unlike most of the world’s nations, is not a country defined by blood or belief. America is an idea, or a set of ideas, about freedom and opportunity. It is these ideas that bind us together as Americans and have kept us free, strong, and prosperous. But these ideas do not perpetuate themselves. They must be taught and learned anew with each generation.”

If there is to be any hope for restoring our freedoms and reclaiming our runaway government, we will have to start by breathing life into those three powerful words that set the tone for everything that follows in the Constitution: “we the people.”

People get the government they deserve.

It’s up to us.

We have the power to make and break the government.

We the American people—the citizenry—are the arbiters and ultimate guardians of America’s welfare, defense, liberty, laws and prosperity.

It’s time to stop waiting patiently for change to happen.

We must act—and act responsibly.

Get outraged, get off your duff and get out of your house, get in the streets, get in people’s faces, get down to your local city council, get over to your local school board, get your thoughts down on paper, get your objections plastered on protest signs, get your neighbors, friends and family to join their voices to yours, get your representatives to pay attention to your grievances, get your kids to know their rights, get your local police to march in lockstep with the Constitution, get your media to act as watchdogs for the people and not lapdogs for the corporate state, get your act together, and get your house in order.

In other words, get moving.

A healthy, representative government is hard work. It takes a citizenry that is informed about the issues, educated about how the government operates, and willing to make the sacrifices necessary to stay involved, whether that means forgoing Monday night football in order to attend a city council meeting or risking arrest by picketing in front of a politician’s office.

Whatever you do, please don’t hinge your freedoms on politics.

The Constitution is neutral when it comes to politics. What the Constitution is not neutral about, however, is the government’s duty to safeguard the rights of the citizenry.

“We the people” also have a duty that goes far beyond the act of voting: as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, it’s our job to keep freedom alive using every nonviolent means available to us.

Know your rights. Exercise your rights. Defend your rights. If not, you will lose them.

Freedom’s greatest hour of danger is now.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Israel’s War on Hospitals

November 22nd, 2023 by Chris Hedges

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Israel is carrying out a campaign to make Gaza uninhabitable. This campaign includes destroying all of Gaza’s hospitals. The message Israel is sending is clear – Nowhere is safe. If you stay you die.

*

Israel is not attacking hospitals in Gaza because they are “Hamas command centers.” Israel is systematically and deliberately destroying Gaza’s medical infrastructure as part of a scorched earth campaign to make Gaza uninhabitable and escalate a humanitarian crisis. It intends to force 2.3 million Palestinians over the border into Egypt where they will never return. 

Israel has destroyed and nearly emptied the Al Shifa Hospital in Gaza City. The Indonesian Hospital in Beit Lahia is next. Israel is deploying tanks and armored personnel carriers around the hospital and has fired rounds into the building, killing twelve people. 

The playbook is familiar. Flyers are dropped by Israel over a hospital telling people to leave because the hospital is a base for “Hamas terrorist activities.” Tanks and artillery shells rip away parts of the hospital walls. Ambulances are blown up by Israeli missiles. Power and water is cut. Medical supplies are blocked. There are no painkillers, antibiotics and oxygen. The most vulnerable, premature babies in incubators and the gravely ill, die. Israeli soldiers raid the hospital and force everyone out at gunpoint. 

Some of the wounded at al-Shifa hospital (Gaza Health Ministry)

This is what happened at Al Shifa hospital. This is what happened at Al Rantisi Children’s Hospital. This is what happened at Gaza’s main psychiatric hospital. This is what happened at Nasser Hospital. This is what happened at the other hospitals that Israel has destroyed. And this is what will happen at the few hospitals that remain. 

Israel has shut down 21 of Gaza’s 35 hospitals, including Gaza’s only cancer hospital. The hospitals still operating have severe shortages of basic medicine and supplies. One by one the hospitals are being picked off. Soon there will be no health facilities left. This is by design.

Tens of thousands of terrified Palestinians, forced to evacuate by Israel, their homes blasted into rubble, seek refuge from the relentless bombing by camping out in and around Gaza’s hospitals. They hope the medical centers will not be targeted by Israel. If Israel abided by the Geneva Conventions they would be correct. But Israel is not carrying out a war. It is carrying out a genocide. And in a genocide, a population, and all that sustains a population, is obliterated. 

In an ominous sign that Israel will turn on the Palestinians in the West Bank once it is done flattening Gaza, armored vehicles have surrounded at least four West Bank hospitals. The Ibn Sina Hospital has been raided by Israeli soldiers along with the East Jerusalem Hospital.

Israel’s settler colonial state was founded on lies. It is sustained by lies. And now, when it is grimly determined to carry out the worst slaughter and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians since the 1948 Nakba, or “catastrophe,” that saw 750,000 Palestinians ethnically cleansed and some 50 massacres by Jewish militias, it spits out one grotesque absurdity after another. It speaks of Palestinians as a dehumanized mass. There are no mothers, fathers, children, teachers, doctors, lawyers, cooks, poets, taxi drivers or shopkeepers. Palestinians, in the Israeli lexicon, are a single contagion that must be eradicated. 

Watch this video of Israeli school children singing, “We Will Annihilate Everyone” in Gaza. 

Hitler Youth used to sing songs like this about Jews.

Those who embark upon projects of mass killing lie to avoid demoralizing their own populations, lull the victims into believing they will not all be exterminated and stop outside forces from intervening. The Nazis claimed that Jews packed on trains and sent to extermination camps were on work details and had good medical care and adequate food. As for the infirm and elderly, they were cared for in rest centers. The Nazis even created a mock camp for the “resettlement” of Jews “to the East,” – Theresienstadt – where international bodies such as the Red Cross could see how humanely the Jews were treated, even as millions were being exterminated. 

At least 664,000 and possibly as many as 1.2 million Armenians were massacred or died of exposure, disease and starvation during the genocide carried out by the Ottoman Empire from the spring of 1915 to the autumn of 1916. The Armenian genocide was as public as the genocide in Gaza. European and U.S. consular missions provided detailed accounts of the campaign to cleanse modern day Türkiye of Armenians. 

The Ottoman government, in an attempt to hide the genocide, banned foreigners from taking photographs of Armenian refugees or the corpses that lined the roads. Israel too has blocked the foreign press from Gaza, carrying out only a handful of brief and carefully staged visits arranged by the Israeli military. Israel periodically cuts off internet and phone services. At least 43 Palestinian journalists and media workers have been killed by Israel since the Hamas incursion into Israel on Oct. 7, many undoubtedly targeted by Israeli forces. 

Armenians, like Palestinians, were forced from their homes, gunned down and denied food and water. Armenian deportees were sent on death marches to the Syrian Desert where tens of thousands were shot or died from starvation, cholera, malaria, dysentery and influenza. Israel is forcing 1.1 million Palestinians into the southern tip of Gaza and bombing them as they flee. These refugees, like the Armenians, lack food, water, fuel and sanitation. They too will soon succumb to epidemics of infectious diseases. 

Talat Pasha, the de facto leader of the Ottoman Empire, told the United States ambassador, Henry Morgenthau Sr., in words that replicate Israel’s stance, on Aug. 2, 1915,

“that our Armenian policy is absolutely fixed and that nothing can change it. We will not have the Armenians anywhere in Anatolia. They can live in the desert but nowhere else.” 

The longer the genocide continues the more absurd the lies become. 

There are big Israeli lies. The obliteration of Gaza and wanton killing of thousands of Palestinians, Israel insists, is a targeted effort to get rid of Hamas rather than a campaign to reduce Gaza to a pile of rubble, carry out mass murder and ethnically cleanse Palestinians. 

There are small Israeli lies. Forty beheaded babies. Al Shifa Hospital is a “Hamas command center.” A calendar in Arabic on the wall of a hospital, according to IDF Spokesperson, Rear Admiral Daniel Hagari, is “a guardian [guard] list, where every terrorist writes his name and every terrorist has his own shift guarding the people that were here.” An Israeli actor dressed up as a nurse and speaking heavily accented Arabic claims to be Palestinian doctor and to have seen Hamas use civilians as human shields.

She says members of Hamas “attacked Al Shifa Hospital” and stole “the fuel and medicine.” Palestinian militants, rather than Israeli tanks, Israel says, are responsible for shelling Al Shifa Hospital. Israel struck a car full of “terrorists” in southern Lebanon, “terrorists” who turned out to be three girls, their mother and grandmother. The explosion at the Al Ahli Hospital was the result of an errant rocket fired by the Palestinians, a claim questioned by The New York Times when it discredited the video based on analysis of its time stamp. Israel said it “responded to the request of the director of Shifa Hospital to allow Gazan citizens who were sheltering in the hospital and who wish to evacuate from Shifa Hospital towards the humanitarian crossing in the Gaza Strip via a secure axis,” a statement Mohammed Zaqout, director general of hospitals in Gaza, said was “false,” adding “we were forced to leave by gunpoint.” Israeli Lt. Col. Jonathan Conricus, in a video pilloried by the BBC, shows viewers a meager stash of automatic weapons in a promotional video that magically increases once foreign reporters arrive for a guided tour. The IDF later deleted it.

The lies will be written into the Israeli school books. The lies will be repeated by Israeli politicians, historians and journalists. The lies will be told on Israeli television and in Israeli films and books. Israelis are eternal victims. Palestinians are absolute evil. There was no genocide. Türkiye, a century later, still denies what happened to the Armenians.

In wartime people believe what they want to believe. The lies fill a hunger within the Israeli public that sees the conflict as a binary struggle between “the children of light and the children of darkness.” The lies are a defense against accountability, for if Israel refuses to acknowledge reality, it is not forced to respond to reality. The lies create cognitive dissonance, where fact becomes fiction and fiction becomes truth. The lies make any discussion of genocide, or reconciliation, impossible.  

Israel, with the backing of the Biden administration, will continue to snuff out all systems that sustain life in Gaza. Hospitals. Schools. Power plants. Water treatment facilities. Factories. Farms. Apartment blocks. Houses. Then Israel will pretend, like the killers in past genocides, it never happened. 

The lies used by Israel to absolve itself of responsibility will eat away at Israeli society. They will corrode its moral, religious, civic, intellectual and political life. The lies will elevate war criminals to heroic status and demonize those with a conscience. Israel’s genocide, as with the 1965 mass killings in Indonesia, will be mythologized, an epic battle against the forces of evil and barbarity, just as we mythologized the genocide of Native Americans and turned our settlers and murderous cavalry units into heroes. The killers in the Indonesian war against communism are cheered at rallies as saviors. They are interviewed about the “heroic” battles they fought nearly six decades ago. Israel will do the same. It will deform itself. It will celebrate its crimes. It will turn evil into good. It will exist within a self-constructed myth. The truth, as in all despotisms, will be banished. Israel, a monster to the Palestinians, will be a monster to itself.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Eve of Destruction – by Mr. Fish via The Chris Hedges Report

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Linda Thomas-Greenfield, the US Ambassador to the United Nations, has refused to ask for a ceasefire in Gaza to save lives, after more than 12,000 civilians have died, and half are children. Thomas-Greenfield’s policy statements suggest Israelis are deserving of human rights, while Palestinians are not.  

In 2015, Thomas-Greenfield received the Bishop John T. Walker Distinguished Humanitarian Service Award, and yet her current presence at the UN has not exhibited any humanitarian urgency for Gaza, which her own colleagues at the UN are calling a humanitarian disaster, and genocide.

She forgets that her own ancestry mirrors the Palestinians, not the Israelis. She is representing the interests of the masters, while denying the oppressed people’s rights.

Thomas-Greenfield is the great granddaughter of Mary Francoise, who was born in 1865 in Louisiana. Mary was born after the civil war ended, but she was not born into freedom; her mother had been a slave, and even though the war ended, it would be decades before any African Americans were given their rights.

Mary Francoise might as well have been born in the Occupied West Bank, or Gaza. Her life and the lives of Palestinians today have a great deal in common. She lived in a land where the colonial government in Washington, DC. had two separate codes of justice and human rights. The White European settlers came to Virginia in 1607 and shortly were bringing thousands of enslaved Africans. The Native Americans were deprived of all human rights, and many were kept as slaves. 

Mary’s son, Oliver Thomas, and his son, Oliver Thomas, Jr. were born ‘free’ in America, but had no right to vote, to live where they chose, to sit anywhere on the bus, except in the back, to eat in a restaurant with White people, to use a public bathroom used by White people, and no right to a decent education alongside White classmates.  Thomas-Greenfield’s parents were illiterate, and she was the first in her family to graduate from high school.

Palestinians are not allowed to own land in Israel, and much of the land they live on in the West Bank has been bulldozed to make way of illegal Jewish settlements for decades.  Building permits in East Jerusalem are denied to Palestinians. The people who live in Gaza today are the original inhabitants of other areas, and were forced to be segregated into a ghetto called Gaza. 

Thomas-Greenfield attended an all-Black high school in Baker, East Baton Rouge County, Louisiana.  In 1960, the total population of Baker was 4,823 persons, and by 2020 the population is 82% African American, the descendants of slaves, with 12% living at or below the poverty line.

She grew up in segregated Louisiana, where by law and tradition White students and Black students never sat together. When desegregation finally came to Louisiana in 1960, only four Black girls attempted to go to a White school and violence ensued by White parents.

In 2021, Tammy C. Barnett wrote that Louisiana’s history of racism is historical, and present. Barnett cites the definition: “Racism is the systemic oppression of a racial group to the social, economic, and political advantage of another.” By this definition, we can see that the Israeli policy toward all Palestinians is racist.

Palestinians can attend schools in Gaza and the Occupied West Bank, and many are run by the UN. However, if they want to receive a higher education from a prestigious University abroad, they can never return home again. Their decision to pursue a Masters or Doctorate degree is a decision for exile, imposed upon them by Israel. Thomas-Greenfield left her home to pursue a Master’s Degree in Wisconsin, but the same degree is prohibited for a Palestinian student, by Israeli law.

By the time Thomas-Greenfield entered Louisiana State University, she was one of a small number of Black students and experienced racism personally.  Later, she went way North to University of Wisconsin, and we might think getting out of the Deep South would make life easier, but in reality some of the most racist White people live in the North.  Because they never attended school with Black children, worked alongside a Black co-worker, had a Black neighbor, and never sat next to a Black person in church; the unfamiliarity bred contempt of the unknown.

Palestinians are prevented from attending a school with a Jewish student. This segregation is a mirror of the experience of Thomas-Greenfield and other African Americans.  Both the Jews and the Palestinians are apt to prejudice, based on the fact they are prevented from learning, living and working together side by side.

The parents of Thomas-Greenfield raised a daughter who became a shining example of what is possible if given a fair chance.  It was the work of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. and many other activists and political figures who laid the groundwork making it possible for Thomas-Greenfield to become the US Ambassador to the UN.

Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. (MLK) said in 1963,

“Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. We are caught in an inescapable network of mutuality, tied in a single garment of destiny. Whatever affects one directly, affects all indirectly.”

“Our elected representatives, who operate in a political environment where Israel’s political lobby holds well-documented power, have consistently minimized and deflected criticism of the State of Israel, even as it has grown more emboldened in its occupation of Palestinian territory and adopted some practices reminiscent of apartheid in South Africa and Jim Crow segregation in the United States,” according to Martin Luther King Global in 2019. 

To honor MLK and his message, it is imperative to condemn Israel’s actions when violating international law, occupation of the West Bank, East Jerusalem and Gaza. Followers of MLK must protest the treatment of Palestinians at checkpoints, the routine searches of their homes and restrictions on their movements, and the severely limited access to decent housing, schools, food, hospitals and water.

In a statement delivered at the 1962 American Negro Leadership Conference MLK declared:

“Colonialism and segregation are nearly synonymous . . . because their common end is economic exploitation, political domination, and the debasing of human personality.” 

Nation-State Law passed by the Israeli Knesset declares, among other things:

“The State of Israel is the national home of the Jewish people, in which it fulfills its natural, cultural, religious and historical right to self-determination.

The right to exercise national self-determination in the State of Israel is unique to the Jewish people.

The Arabic language has a special status in the state; Regulating the use of Arabic in state institutions or by them will be set in law.

The state views the development of Jewish settlement as a national value and will act to encourage and promote its establishment and consolidation.”

A calling out of Israel as an international criminal in its illegal seizure of Palestinian territories, a recognition of its colonial, segregationist, and apartheid project, would be consistent with the teachings of MLK.

Palestinians are crowded into ghettoes and required to have “passes” for moving; there are separate roadways for Jews and Palestinians; Palestinians are deprived of their homes and lands, deprived of equal rights. This is against everything that MLK fought and stood for in life.

In March 2022, the UN labeled Israel as an Apartheid state. Nelson Mandela was prominent in the fight for Black rights in Apartheid era South Africa. Mandela carried the torch MLK lit in America.

South Africa’s apartheid state and the state of Israel are both ‘settler-colonial nation-states’, where full citizenship is enjoyed by the chosen nation – the settlers – and Indigenous peoples are denied their rights.

Apartheid is about race. The Jews see themselves as a superior race, and deserving of all human rights, while they view the Palestinians as sub-humans and deserving no human rights.

In 1962, Mandela was trained as an armed fighter, and became the first commander of a resistance group called uMkhonto we Sizwe, which eventually was successful and led to the downfall of the racist Apartheid state. Armed resistance to occupation is guaranteed by the Geneva Convention; however, targeting civilians is prohibited.

Thomas-Greenfield is an employee of the State Department, and while others there have complained about what Israel is doing in Gaza, and one employee resigned in protest, it appears Thomas-Greenfield is defending the Biden-Blinken policy to support the war crimes of Israel in Gaza.  She has lost touch with her ancestors who were as oppressed as the Palestinians.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @globalresearch_crg.

First published on January 1, 2022

***

 

 

Governments around the world have implemented various coercive measures to introduce mandatory “immunity passports”, vaccine passes, certificates of vaccination, and QR codes to prove being injected with a Covid-19 vaccine to go about daily life.

Meanwhile, a biological divide has been created, between the vaccinated and the vaccine free. Those with passports have access to options and rights, including the right to work, go to school, and engage in leisure and social activities.

Canadians without passports are being treated as second-class citizens and denied their fundamental Charter rights.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from The Freedom Articles

Washington está perdiendo su estatus de una potencia mundial

November 21st, 2023 by María Mercedes Blanco Reyes

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on November 1, 2023

***

 

Introduction

As the crisis involving the Israelis and Palestinians deepens after the October 7 Hamas attack, we might pause to examine how the state of Israel was created in the first place. At the current juncture, as World War III looms on the horizon, as massacres are currently being perpetrated by Israel against the civilian population of Gaza, with a death toll exceeding 9,000, of which over 4,000 are children, and as a Western armada is gathering in the eastern Mediterranean, it is befitting to review journalist Alison Weir’s book Against Our Better Judgment: The Hidden History of How the U.S. Was Used to Create Israel. Click Here The book was published in 2014, is packed with often hard-to-access details, and is masterfully documented. Alison Weir is also head of a group she has founded: If Americans Knew. Click Here 

Alison Weir’s book is crucially important in considering ways to gain a broader perspective in order to defuse the situation. It is also of keen interest with respect to the larger potential conflict, where U.S. political leaders are again trotting out the phrase, “Axis of Evil,” this time to describe the nations of Russia, China, and Iran. (Sometimes North Korea is tossed in for good measure.) It’s Iran, of course, that U.S. leaders are identifying as an alleged sponsor of the resistance groups in and around Palestine, including Hamas.

Following are what I view as the main points from Alison Weir’s book.

My own interspersed editorial comments are in italics. Page numbers are given in parentheses only for quotations from the book. 


Origin of Zionism in the U.S.

Against Our Better Judgment: The Hidden History of How the U.S. Was Used to Create Israel begins by explaining that support for Zionism, defined as the desire for creation of a Jewish national state somewhere in the world, goes back in U.S. history to the late 1880s, around the time that the Zionist Movement was becoming prominent in Europe.

By the 1910s, there were thousands of U.S. adherents, though many Jews opposed Zionism as not in the interests of the Jewish people and certain to result in antagonism toward them. Probably a majority of Jews in the U.S. had never even heard of Zionism and/or were happy to have assimilated into American society. In fact, there was nothing that could even be viewed remotely as an “anti-Semitism problem” in the U.S. at this time. 

Role of U.S. Supreme Court Associate Justice Louis Brandeis and Creation of the Parushim.

Still, some very powerful people became Zionists, including U.S. Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis, whose main disciple was future Supreme Court Justice Felix Frankfurter. Brandeis formed a secret organization called the Parushim, whose sole purpose was to bring about the creation of a Jewish state in Palestine. This Zionist organization required an oath that appeared to give life and death power over its sworn members.

“Parushim,” also spelled “Purushim,” is the Hebrew word from which the name “Pharisees” is derived, meaning “separatists.” From the Pharisees came Rabbinical Judaism and the idea that, “We should not assimilate or acculturate at all.” (prezi.com) I would note that Alison Weir’s book did not aim at giving an account of the deeper motivations of the Zionist movement, other than its claim to be a reaction to European “anti-Semitism.” For more depth, I would recommend a careful reading of the classic The Controversy of Zion by British journalist Douglas Reed (1895-1976). Click Here

Justice Louis Brandeis was close to Wall Street banker Jacob Schiff. Brandeis was also closely involved with the creation of the Federal Reserve System, as was Schiff, though Brandeis’s involvement in political issues was largely behind the scenes. 

The Federal Reserve, I would add, was largely a project of the U.S. Money Trust and the British/European Rothschilds. The Rothschilds were also heavily involved in Zionism and in the creation and support of the Zionist state. The fact that Zionism was sponsored by some incredibly rich people might cause us to ask to what extent financial rewards played a role in the rapid conversion of many Jews and non-Jews to Zionism during this period. For information on creation of the Federal Reserve, see my own book, Our Country, Then and Now (Clarity Press, 2023). Click Here

Collaboration Between the Parushim and Great Britain. Justice Louis Brandeis’s Parushim worked closely with Zionists in Great Britain, including travel back and forth, to persuade the British government to designate Palestine as a future Jewish homeland.

This was after Zionist leaders had rejected such locations as Kenya. Thus was created a “contract” between Britain and the Parushim that if the British would generate what became the Balfour Declaration, the U.S. Zionists would endeavor to assure U.S. entrance into World War I against Germany on the side of Britain. This contract was fulfilled by both parties, though, as in the U.S., many British Jews opposed Zionism for similar reasons—as a threat to Jewish assimilation. 

The Balfour Declaration specified that it should be “clearly understood that nothing shall be done which may prejudice the civil and religious rights of existing non-Jewish communities in Palestine.” (p.97) At the time, non-Jewish communities made up 92 percent of the population of Palestine. 

Zionism and the Failure to Make Peace with the Ottoman Empire. World War I begin in 1914. By 1915-1916, the Ottoman Empire, which was allied with Germany but not at war against the U.S., offered to make a separate peace with the U.S.

The Ottomans had also offered to allow the Jews of Europe to live at peace anywhere in their empire. The U.S. sent a delegation to negotiate this separate peace, but Brandeis informed the British Zionists that the delegation was on its way.

The British Zionists then send their leader, Chaim Weizmann, to intercept the U.S. delegation at Gibraltar, where he prevailed on it to call off the negotiations.

The reason was that the British were going to lay claim to Palestine after the war as a homeland for the Jews, so they wanted to assure that Palestine was going to be available for British control. The British design was to break up the Ottoman Empire, not leave it intact through a separate U.S.-instigated peace.  

Warnings Against the Zionist Project

Diplomats within the U.S. State Department both in Washington, D.C., and in the Middle East were aware of and warned against the Zionist project, arguing that a million Palestinians would be displaced or made virtual servants/slaves of the invaders. 

World War I. In 1917 the U.S. entered the war on the side of Britain, per the Zionist agreement, and Germany was defeated, along with the Ottomans. Britain also signed a secret agreement with France by which it would get control of Palestine after the war. Control was implemented through the vehicle of a British Mandate approved by the League of Nations. 

During this period, antagonism against Jews had begun to grow within U.S. society, partly in reaction to perceptions that Jews controlled the banks and other financial institutions. “The Protocols of the Elders of Zion” had also appeared. While claimed to be a forgery from Czarist Russia, the Protocols received credence and publicity from Henry Ford and others. 

Germany was aware that the Zionists had contributed to the defeat of Germany in WWI. This contributed to the anti-Jewish attitudes of Germans after the war and was a factor in the later Nazi anti-Jewish policies.

During WWI, the Parushim gave the FBI a list of Americans who were opponents to Zionism or the war.

Many of these people were arrested and sent to prison. Through all of this, Brandeis was directing matters from behind the scenes. He was arguably the most powerful person in the U.S., but his political activities were secret or carried out through proxies. 

At the end of WWI, President Woodrow Wilson sent a commission to Palestine to investigate the situation. Known as the King-Crane Commission, its report “recommended against the Zionist position of unlimited immigration of Jews to make Palestine a distinctly Jewish state.”

The report stated that “the Zionists looked forward to a practically complete dispossession of the present non-Jewish inhabitants of Palestine,” that “armed force would be required to accomplish this,” and that “the project for making Palestine distinctly a Jewish commonwealth should be given up.” The report of the King-Crane Commission “was suppressed.” (p.25)

Zionism After World War I

Between the two world wars, a growing number of U.S. Zionists worked to further the project for the creation of Israel. In Germany, the Zionists supported the rise of the Nazis, as this would lead to German Jews wanting to emigrate to Palestine. In Iraq, where the Jewish leaders did not support Zionism, Iraqi Jews were attacked, even murdered, to force them to emigrate to Palestine. Without arousing the anxiety of Jews around the world that they were unsafe in their homelands, Zionist planners believed there would not be enough Jewish settlers to create a Zionist state and force the Palestinians out. 

Opponents of Zionism in the U.S. diplomatic service were threatened with having their careers destroyed if they did not support the claims that Jews in foreign countries were suffering discrimination so should want to move to Palestine.

The Zionists worked to limit immigration opportunities for Jews elsewhere than Palestine, including the U.S. The Zionists opposed measures by the British government to limit the number of Jews who could enter Palestine. 

Collaboration Between the Zionists and Nazis? Building on work by author Hannah Arendt, Edwin Black wrote The Transfer Agreement: The Dramatic Story of the Pact Between the Third Reich and Jewish Palestine. Click Here According to author Tom Segev,

“Arendt stated that many Jews would have survived ‘had their leaders not helped the Nazis organize the concentration of Jews in the ghettos, their deportation to the east, and their transport to the death camps.’” (p.146) This was called the “Haavara Agreement.” 

The famous 1930s Jewish boycott of German products may have been instigated by Zionists to promote anti-Jewish sentiment leading to more desire among Jews to emigrate to Palestine. Other Zionists made claims that persecuted Jews were prone to becoming revolutionary communists for the same purpose. 

Zionist Activities Between the World Wars

In the U.S. during the 1920s and 1930s, Zionist leaders muffled talk of a Jewish state in Palestine and focused on creating new institutions there as altruistic enterprises.

An example was Hebrew University, opening in Jerusalem in 1925. Zionist leaders complained that most U.S. Jews saw themselves first and foremost as American citizens. Organizations like the American Zionist Emergency Council and the United Jewish Appeal were founded to generate funding and support.

Donations to the United Jewish Appeal in 1948 was four times that of the American Red Cross. Pro-Zionist publicity and lobbying efforts were unleashed across the U.S. Some Jews, like the American Council for Judaism, still opposed Zionism as inimical to real Jewish interests. The ACJ opposed the Zionists’ “anti-Semitic racialist lie that Jews the world over were a separate, national body.” (p.152)

Zionist advocacy in the U.S. had powerful political adherents. New York Congressman Emanuel Celler told President Harry Truman, “We’ll run you out of town,” if he did not support the program. Senator Jacob Javits said, “We’ll fight to the death and make a Jewish state in Palestine if it’s the last thing that we do.” (p.38) Zionist propaganda included funding of best-selling pro-Zionist books by non-Jews.

Zionists such as wealthy Wall Street lawyer Samuel Untermyer began to interject “dispensationalist” ideas of “Christian Zionism” into the discourse through sponsorship of the “Scofield Reference Bible.” (Untermyer was also a leading backer of the Federal Reserve and advocate of the worldwide Jewish boycott of Germany.)

Today, as we all know, “Christian Zionism” among “evangelicals” is part of the bedrock support of the Israel Lobby. Leading evangelical ministers like Jerry Falwell received large donations from Zionist supporters. An entire “dispensationalist” mythology involving the “Rapture,” etc., has been constructed and promoted to justify the political union between this group of American religionists and the most extreme factions of Israeli politics led today by such figures as Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. Though Netanyahu has surfaced this mad mythology to cover Israeli genocide in Gaza, the topic is not covered in detail in Alison Weir’s book, so will not be dealt with further here. 

Protestant Support of Zionism

By the 1930s, U.S. Zionists were trying to organize American Protestants in their support. By the end of WWII the Christian Council on Palestine had grown to 3,000 members and the American Palestine Committee to 6,500. The appeal to Protestants was based on generating sympathy for refugees, though no mention was made of the hundreds of thousands of Palestinians becoming refugees due to the Zionist takeover. During the Israeli war of independence in 1947-1949, Christian churches and institutions in Palestine were assaulted by the Zionists along with the Palestinians. 

Beginnings of Terrorism and U.N. Partition of Palestine

In Palestine in the 1930s and 1940s, the Zionists tried to buy Palestinian land but few inhabitants wished to sell. The Zionists then began to organize terrorist forces to drive them out.

These terrorist groups also targeted British government officials, as Palestine was still a British Mandate. Author Alison Weir cites a statement by David ben Gurion, Israel’s first prime minister, that suggests this was at least part of what started today’s worldwide phenomenon of terrorism. 

By the start of the 1947-1949 war, Jews made up 30 percent of the Palestinian population but owned only 6-7 percent of the land.

In 1947, Britain turned its Palestine Mandate over to the U.N.

A General Assembly resolution to partition gave the Zionists 55 percent of the land of Palestine.

The U.S. State Department opposed the partition plan as against the wishes of local people and in violation of U.S. interests and of democratic principles.

Officials warned that partition “would guarantee that the Palestine problem would be permanent and still more complicated in the future.” (p.45)

Officials said the proposal was for “a theocratic racial state” that discriminated “on grounds of religion and race.” (p.45) The leading anti-Zionist Department of State official, Loy Henderson, was exiled by his superiors to a post as ambassador to Nepal. 

U.S. Government Opposition to Zionism

Nevertheless, virtually the entire U.S. executive branch was opposed to a Jewish state in Palestine. Statements and reports were made by a 1946 commission headed by Ambassador Henry F. Grady, the CIA, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and Undersecretary of State Dean Acheson. A 1948 report of the Joint Chiefs of Staff stated that, “The Zionist strategy will seek to involve [the U.S.] in a continuously widening and deepening series of operations intended to secure maximum Jewish objectives.” (p.47)

Jewish leaders were well aware that U.N. partitioning of Palestine was temporary and that over time, the Jewish state would expand to absorb the entire region.

The concept of “Eretz Israel” was formulated, whereby the Zionist state would encompass Transjordan, as well as parts of Lebanon and Syria. Zionists also had begun using U.S. antagonism toward the Soviet Union as an argument for creation of a pro-Western Jewish state. This hearkened back to the early days of Zionism, when Zionist leaders characterized their proposed state as a bulwark of British influence in the Middle East; i.e., as an extension of British colonialism and geopolitics. 

Today, pro-Zionists make the argument that Israel is an outpost of benign “Judeo-Christian” influence in the Middle East, as they try to arouse antagonism toward the one billion Muslims in the world in a purported “clash of civilizations.” Such attitudes became prominent in U.S. politics during the “War on Terror” of the Bush/Cheney administration that continues today through U.S. labeling of anti-Zionist groups like Hamas and Hezbollah as “terrorist” organizations. This is despite the historical fact cited above that it was the Zionists who introduced terrorism into the Middle East. 

U.S. Recognition of Israel and the Role of President Truman. The U.S. was the first country to recognize Israel as an independent state when on May 14, 1948, President Harry Truman issued a statement of recognition following Israel’s proclamation of independence on the same date.

Truman’s main motivation was believed at the time, and still is today, the winning of Jewish support in the presidential election that year.

His decision was strongly opposed by Secretary of State George Marshall, Secretary of Defense James Forrestal, the CIA and National Security Council, and top State Department official George Kennan. Intelligence agent Kermit Roosevelt wrote:

“The present course of world crisis will increasingly force upon Americans the realization that their national interests and those of the proposed Jewish state in Palestine are going to conflict.” (p.51)

Contrary to the belief that U.S. oil interests promoted the Zionist project, officials argued that U.S. ability to access Middle Eastern resources would be adversely affected. Truman also had pro-Zionist insiders at high levels of his administration. 

Author Alison Weir points out that bribery also played a part. “Gore Vidal wrote:

‘Sometime in the late 1950s, that world-class gossip and occasional historian, John F. Kennedy, told me how, in 1948, Harry S. Truman had been pretty much abandoned by everyone when he came to run for president. Then an American Zionist brought him two million dollars in cash, in a suitcase, aboard his whistle-stop campaign train. ‘That’s why our recognition of Israel was rushed through so fast.’” (p.167)

Jewish businessman Abraham Feinberg explained his raising of cash for Truman in an oral history interview published by the Truman Library in 1973. The CIA also discovered Feinberg’s illegal gun-running to Zionist groups. 

I may be the first writer to point out that Truman’s action in accepting bribes, if discovered, could have been seen and treated as an impeachable offense. 

Zionist Takeover of Palestine

At the time of Israel’s proclamation of independence and immediate U.S. recognition, the U.N. resolution of partition had been passed, with war ensuing between Zionist and Arab forces.

The U.N. General Assembly adopted the partition plan by 33 votes to 13 with 10 abstentions, with many nations subjected to intense Zionist lobbying and threats. For instance,

“Financier and longtime presidential adviser Bernard Baruch told France it would lose U.S. aid if it voted against partition.” (p.55)

A Swedish U.N. mediator, Count Folke Bernadotte, was killed by Zionist assassins. To this day, no accepted legal authority for the U.N. in its partitioning of Palestine has ever been demonstrated. In other words, it was likely an extra-legal action in response to Zionist lobbying. 

Though sporadic violence between Jews and Palestinian Arabs had taken place over the previous two decades, the Zionists committed wholesale massacres of Palestinians after the U.N. resolution for partition.

By the end of Israel’s war of independence in 1948, over 750,000 Palestinians had been expelled from Zionist-controlled territory. Israeli historian Tom Segev wrote:

“Israel was born of terror, war, and revolution, and its creation required a measure of fanaticism and cruelty.” (p.58) Today this is called in Arabic the “Nakba”—“catastrophe.” 

The most well-known massacre took place at the village of Deir Yessin in April 1948, before any Arab armies had joined the fight.

There, 254 villagers were murdered in cold blood. The heads of two militias present at Deir Yessin, Irgun and the Stern Gang, were Menachem Begin and Yitzhak Shamir, both of whom later became prime ministers of Israel. The Irgun bombed the King David Hotel in Jerusalem on July 22, 1947, killing 86

The Stern Gang also solicited aid from the Axis powers during WWII. 

Zionist Front Organizations in the U.S.

During the 1930s and 1940s, the Zionists created a number of front organizations to raise money used to finance militant activities in Palestine.

After WWII, the U.S. maintained an arms embargo against Israel and the Middle East. Foremost among the sponsors of the front organizations intended to skirt the embargo was Irgun.

One group, the Jewish Army of Stateless and Palestinians Jews, claimed it was formed to fight the Nazis in Europe, but was intended instead to fight the British and Arabs in Palestine. These groups espoused such radical ideologies as the idea that “non-Jews are the embodiment of Satan, and that the world was created solely for Jews.” (p.67)

Another group, headed by Orthodox Rabbi Baruch Korff, hatched a plot to blow up the British foreign office in London that was exposed in the New York Herald Tribune. Through political influence, U.S. charges against Korff were dropped. Later he “became a close friend and fervent supporter of President Richard Nixon, who called him ‘my rabbi.’” (p.71)

Nixon’s support for Israel manifested in the gigantic airlift of military supplies that helped save Israel from defeat in the 1973 Yom Kippur War. Another major organization raising money for sending arms to the Zionists in Palestine was the Sonneborn Institute. Between 1939 and May 1948, the Jewish Agency for Israel was also active, raising the equivalent today of $3.5 billion. 

Financial Backers of Israeli Independence

In an April 19, 2018 article in Tablet (tabletmag.com) entitled “Gangsters for Zion: Yom Ha’atzmaut: How Jewish mobsters helped Israel gain its independence, Click Here Robert Rockaway wrote:

“In 1945, the Jewish Agency, the pre-state Israeli government headed by David Ben-Gurion, created a vast clandestine arms-purchasing-and-smuggling network throughout the United States. The operation was placed under the aegis of the Haganah, the underground forerunner of the Israel Defense Forces, and involved hundreds of Americans from every walk of life. They included millionaires, rabbinical students, scrap-metal merchants, ex-GIs, college students, longshoremen, industrialists, chemists, engineers, Protestants and Catholics, as well as Jews. One group, who remained anonymous and rarely talked about, were men who were tough, streetwise, unafraid, and had access to ready cash: Jewish gangsters.”

Rockaway, a professor emeritus at Tel Aviv University, also wrote that through their control of U.S. ports, the Jewish mob arranged for arms deliveries to Israel aboard vessels flying the flag of Panama. 

Recruiting Jews to Relocate to Palestine

“Zionist cadres infiltrated displaced persons’ camps that had been set up to house refugees displaced during WWII. These infiltrators tried secretly to funnel people to Palestine. When it turned out that most didn’t want to go to Palestine, they worked to convince them—sometimes by force.” (p.74)

Another recruiting source was Jewish foster children in Christian homes. The Zionists claimed to be the sole representative of all the world’s Jews in order to legitimize efforts to divert war survivors to Israel, not to countries like the U.S. to which many preferred to go.

“After a voluntary recruitment drive netted less than 0.3 percent of the DP [displaced persons] population, a compulsory draft was implemented.” (p.79)

Some draftees were required to fight in Palestine in the Zionist war of independence. Meanwhile, the secretive Sieff group was formed in Washington, D.C., to carry out back channel lobbying for the Zionist project. The group was protected by such powerful individuals as Supreme Court Justice Felix Frankfurter, Secretary of the Treasury Henry Morgenthau, Jr., and the aforementioned financier and presidential adviser Bernard Baruch. 

Fate of the Palestinian Refugees

Three-quarters of a million Palestinian refugees fled to neighboring regions in a gigantic humanitarian disaster. A 1948 State Department report stated

“The total direct relief offered…by the Israeli government to date consists of 500 cases of oranges.” (p.83)

The value of land confiscated by the Zionists amounted to $5.2 trillion in today’s dollars. Christians also suffered as “numerous convents, hospices, seminaries, and churches were either destroyed or cleared of their Christian owners and custodians.” (p.83) Efforts by U.S. government officials to withhold aid to the Israeli government due to the refugee crisis were overruled by President Truman.

Zionism and the Media

Even as early as WWI, the Zionists exerted almost complete control over the U.S. press. This included placing pro-Zionist articles in prestigious newspapers like The New York Times. In 1953, author Alfred Lilienthal wrote:

“The capture of the American press by Jewish nationalism was, in fact, incredibly complete. Magazines as well as newspapers, in news stories as well as editorial columns, gave primarily the Zionist views of events before, during, and after partition.” (p.86)

Zionist coercion extended to withdrawal of advertising, cancellation of subscriptions, and blacklisting of journalists and authors, even those offering a mere trace of sympathy toward the displaced Palestinians.

Particularly emotional in their support of Zionism were the journals the Nation and the New Republic. An example of how the Zionists could destroy an author’s career was the attack on then-famous journalist Dorothy Thompson after

“she began to speak about Palestinian refugees, narrated a documentary about their plight, and condemned Jewish terrorism. (p.92)

We all know that the complete slanting of U.S. media coverage toward Zionism and Israel dominates news reporting at all levels and across the ideological spectrum, from the top newspapers and networks to what is left of small town journalism.

This includes so-called “independent” outlets like Breitbart. The start of this bias began, perhaps not coincidentally, during the time before WWI when the newsrooms of U.S. newspapers were taken over by propagandists sympathetic to the Federal Reserve System and the Money Trust.

Today, of course, we have the internet, which has begun to make inroads into the control of the news by pro-establishment media corporations and Deep State censors. Internet outlets also must be cautious, however, so are often reduced to the role of “limited hangouts,” reporting only selected stories that protest particularly egregious Israeli offenses, but never the “big picture.” 

In conclusion we can say that, as Alison Weir’s book makes clear, it was largely American Zionists who financed and enabled the violent takeover of Palestine and who thereby share responsibility over the past three-quarters of a century for the atrocities committed against a diverse population whose forebears had been living in peace and rooted in the region for millenniums.

This population also inhabited the holy city of Jerusalem, sacred to the Jewish, Christian, and Islamic religions. 

The book also makes it clear that people can oppose Zionism—the forceful establishment of a Jewish national state in Palestine—without being anti-Jewish or “anti-Semitic.”

Of course, most of the indigenous people of Palestine are “Semites” in ethnicity and language. Also, the most forceful opponents of the original Zionist movement in Great Britain, the U.S., and possibly other nations, have been, and still are, Jews themselves who had successfully assimilated into their host cultures. Examples are the Hassidic Jews of Brooklyn, N.Y., and Jews in Iran who refuse to support Israel. 

Many more volumes could or should be written about U.S. enabling of Israel and Zionism and about Israel’s and Zionism’s interference in internal U.S. affairs. I would include an examination of Israel’s possible participation in the JFK/RFK assassinations and the 9/11 attacks, U.S. acquiescence in Israel’s nuclear weapons program, Israel’s links with the Neocons who control today’s U.S. foreign policy, and today’s courting of World War III against more than half the world’s countries, starting with Israel’s nemesis, Iran. Will the U.S. stumble into WWIII because of its pro-Zionist captivity?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Richard C. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst who served with the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he broke the story of the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Shuttle.

After serving at Treasury, he exposed the disastrous flaws of a monetary system controlled by private finance in his book We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform. As an adviser to the American Monetary Institute and while working with Congressman Dennis Kucinich, he advocated the replacement of the Federal Reserve System with a genuine national currency. His latest book is Our Country, Then and Now (Clarity Press, 2023). Click Here

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

As diplomatic etiquette is an entirely unknown concept to the United States, its political elites obviously think it’s just another day at the office when describing world leaders as supposed “dictators”. For instance, on September 15, German Foreign Minister Annalena Baerbock called Chinese President Xi Jinping a “dictator”, resulting in further cooling of the already strained relations between Beijing and Berlin. This isn’t her first “undiplomatic” statement (euphemistically speaking), as she effectively declared war on Russia back in late January, resulting in frantic attempts by other German diplomats to deny her claims as “nothing more than personal opinion”. One would expect other Western leaders to learn from Baerbock’s mistakes.

But alas, all we’re getting is more of the same or even worse in a way, as American President Joe Biden demonstrated last week. Namely, on November 15, after over four hours of talks with Chinese President Xi Jinping, during which they allegedly “made significant breakthroughs in multiple key areas” (at least according to the mainstream propaganda machine), Biden decided to “crown” the supposed “thaw” by pulling out “another Baerbock”. He held a press conference right after the allegedly “successful” talks and at the very end of it, Min Jung Lee of the infamous CNN asked Biden whether he still thought that President Xi was a “dictator”, something he said several times before, to which he responded that he does. His exact words were:

“Well, look, he’s a dictator in the sense that he is a guy who runs a country that is a communist country that’s based on a form of government totally different than ours,” also adding: “Anyway, we made progress.”

It seems that Biden thinks that interjecting his favorite phrase, the (in)famous “anyway”, into the statement made it sound better, but he should probably think again. His Secretary of State Antony Blinken certainly didn’t think it helped and, expectedly, neither did President Xi. Namely, on November 20, mere days after the “groundbreaking meeting”, he hailed firm ties between China and Russia, America’s archenemy, stressing that the strategic partnership with Russia “injects more stability into the world”. Xi affirmed that “Beijing stands ready to work with Moscow resolutely on bilateral relations and building a permanent friendship”. At the same time, Russian President Vladimir Putin sent him a letter with similar points about Sino-Russian ties.

“Putin said in his congratulatory letter [marking the 10th meeting of the dialogue mechanism between the Chinese Communist Party and United Russia] that the Russia-China comprehensive strategic partnership of coordination is at the highest level in history, and the two countries are working together to advance a number of large-scale cooperation projects in the fields of economy, transportation, energy and culture, among others. The two countries are coordinating positions through bilateral channels and multilateral mechanisms such as the Shanghai Cooperation Organization and BRICS to resolve major international issues and promote the building of a more just and democratic international order,” Xinhua summarized Putin’s words.

When comparing not only the friendly remarks by the Russian president, but also his deeply respectful, diplomatic tone with Biden’s careless usage of the word “dictator”, it shows the stark difference in how Moscow and Washington DC conduct foreign policy. When analyzed a bit more deeply, the American president’s words also demonstrate the deep-running racism and completely groundless “superiority” complex that the political West feels towards the entire world. By saying that President Xi Jinping is a supposed “dictator” just because China’s political system is different from that of the country “he runs”, Biden effectively admitted that the belligerent thalassocracy still thinks the whole world should live the way America does.

“This statement is extremely wrong and irresponsible political manipulation,” Chinese Foreign Ministry’s spokeswoman Mao Ning said in an official response.

Beijing’s anger is certainly justified and it was surely not unexpected in Washington DC either, as demonstrated by Blinken’s reaction to Biden’s completely unnecessary statement. However, the damage control that American diplomats have been trying desperately since last week will accomplish nothing. During his visit, President Xi tried his best to ensure good relations between the two countries. The message he conveyed to the CEOs of America’s largest corporations was one of peace and economic cooperation, but alas, Biden had other plans.

This isn’t the first time China has tried to extend its hand to the US. For years, the belligerent thalassocracy has been creating completely pointless and unnecessary tensions with the Asian giant. Whether it’s trivialities such as the laughable “balloon controversy” (which, by the way, turned out to be an unadulterated lie that American officials never apologized for) or the very serious statements about the “coming war with China” given by high-ranking US generals, Beijing is indeed faced with a runaway train when dealing with Washington DC.

Thus, America’s attempts to not only force China into submission, but also prevent its comprehensive (and continually growing) partnership with Russia are doomed to fail miserably, just like the futile aim of defeating the Eurasian giant in Ukraine (or anywhere else for that matter). It’s virtually guaranteed that the US will remain a long-term threat to the entire world in the foreseeable future and it can only be expected that the globe will (rightfully) respond with further isolation of America and its vassals and satellite states.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

In U.S.-and-allied countries, the belief is overwhelmingly widespread that the war in Ukraine was started “by Russia’s unprovoked invasion of Ukraine”. However, this widely-circulated belief in The West is clearly and unequivocally false, because the war in Ukraine started in 2014, as both NATO’s Stoltenberg and Ukraine’s Zelensky have said; but Russia responded militarily on 24 February 2022, to this then-8-year-long war on Russia’s doorstep, in order to prevent Ukraine from becoming a NATO member and allowing the U.S. to place a missile there a mere 317 miles or five minutes of missile-flying-time away from The Kremlin and thus too brief a flight for Russia to respond before Russia’s central command would already be beheaded by America’s nuclear blitz-strike.

The war in Ukraine actually began in the very violent coup that the U.S. Obama Administration had actually started planning by no later than June 2011 and started executing inside America’s Embassy in Ukraine on 1 March 2013. Such coup illegally overthrew the democratically elected and neutralist President of Ukraine on 20 February 2014 and installed to take over the new government on 27 February 2014 the man who had been selected by Victoria Nuland — Obama’s agent controlling the coup operation — when she instructed on 27 January 2014 the U.S. ambassador in Ukraine to have “Yatsenyuk” or “Yats”, a rabid hater of ethnic Russians, placed in charge when the coup would be over, which was then done on 27 February 2014.

That coup precipitated or provoked resistance to the coup on the day of the coup, 20 February 2014, when occurred the Korsun Massacre of Crimeans who, on the day of the coup, were fleeing the coup-site at Kiev’s Maidan Square, after holding signs there against the overthrow of that democratically elected President for whom over 70% of Crimeans had voted, and now they were running back into their 8 awaiting buses to return to Crimea, but became blocked en-route and dozens of them were killed by the Right Sector paramilitaries who beat them to death and piled up their corpses, though many Crimeans on those buses survived to record their accounts of the massacre.

So: the war began actually on the very day of the coup, and it was perpetrated by Obama’s hired forces, specifically the Right Sector paramilitaries, who were under the command of Dmitriy Yarosh, who had been in charge of the team of snipers that the U.S. Government hired to carry out the coup. Some of the foreign snipers that were hired from Georgia and elsewhere were under the command of an American Brian Boyenger, but most of the snipers were Ukrainian racist-fascist anti-Russians, who were under Yarosh’s command.

The unrest against the U.S. coup that started Ukraine’s civil war centered in two main regions: Crimea in the far south, in which that overthrown President had gotten 70+% of the votes; and Donbass in the far southeast, where he had gotten 90+% of the votes. The Donbass towns of Sloviansk and Kramatorsk on 15 April 2014 rejected the Obama-junta-installed-by-Yatsenyuk officials, and Yatsenyuk announced the next day that his government was starting an Anti-Terrorist Operation or “ATO” and sending in tanks to eliminate any such ’terrorists’. It was now officially an anti-‘terrorist’ war, in keeping with America’s ongoing war against terrorists, but in this case Russia was being blamed for it, because Donbass is Russian-speaking and had voted over 90% for the overthrown, neutralist, President and therefore needed (from Obama’s perspective) to be depopulated so that in any future elections, only anti-Russian candidates would win Ukraine’s elections.

Then, on 2 May 2014, Yarosh’s people trapped, inside the Odessa Trade Unions Building, dozens of people who had circulated flyers against the Obama-coup-installed government, and burned them alive, to demonstrate to Ukraine’s Russian-speakers that this new Ukraine hated their guts and wanted them gone from Ukraine. The Obama-installed government appointed, to be the new Governor of a region near Odessa, an oligarch, Kolomoyskyi, who had also funded Yarosh’s operation and helped to plan that burning-alive action.

The ATO became the war against Donbass that the Minsk Agreements (which Obama opposed but tolerated) were supposed to stop but failed to stop, because Ukraine’s U.S.-installed government refused to stop its shelling of the breakaway region Donbass. The war was an ethnic-cleansing operation to reduce the population there (by killing some, and by terrorizing the others to flee into Russia, which around a million of them did), which ethnic cleansing to get rid of residents in Donbass continued until Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on 24 February 2022, and which still has been continuing there, though perhaps somewhat reduced now as Russia has joined the residents there to fight against the U.S.-stooge regime in Kiev and against its ethnic-cleansing (or ‘ATO’) operation to reduce if not eliminate the residents in Donbass.

The intent of Obama’s coup was mainly to get Ukraine into NATO so that U.S. missiles could become placed on its border only 300 miles away from blitz-nuking The Kremlin, but was also intended to grab Russia’s main naval base, which since 1783 has been in Crimea, and to turn it into a U.S. naval base (something Obama wasn’t able to do).

Russia’s 24 February 2022 invasion of Ukraine was intended to prevent Ukraine from hosting U.S. missiles only a five-minute-missile-flight-time away from blitz-nuking The Kremlin. Putin made a mess of his explanations of why he invaded Ukraine.

The fact that it was done in order to block any possibility of U.S. missiles becoming ultimately posted in Ukraine only 300 miles from the Kremlin was almost ignored in his public statements. Therefore, he unintentionally helped to make easy The West’s convincing people that the aggressor here was Russia instead of America. On the surface, it looked that way, if the relevant prior history was ignored — and Putin’s explanations unfortunately distracted from that history, instead of drew attention to it, and thus allowed the relevant prior history behind this war to be, and to remain, ignored by the peoples in U.S.-and-allied countries.

When Putin spoke about the prior history, he talked mainly about Ukrainians being really Russians, and other such irrelevancies, which irrelevancies precipitated in The West distractionary debates as to whether or not Ukrainians actually are Russians, or even why he said that they are: pro-U.S. media were, basically, psychoanalyzing Putin, instead of dealing with America’s coup that had illegally and bloodily grabbed Ukraine, and maybe then psychoanalyzing Obama himself— who had actually started the war in Ukraine. It was started for his purposes, NOT for Putin’s (but very much against his).

The undeniable physical fact is that America’s obsession to get its missiles that close to The Kremlin was intolerable to Russia and to Russians; so, Putin absolutely needed to prevent that from happening.

And the 24 February 2022 invasion had become the only way to prevent it now, because on December 15th of 2021 Putin had given to the U.S. Government Russia’s existential national-security demands never to place its missiles so close to Moscow, and two days later he gave to America’s NATO anti-Russian military alliance Russia’s national-security demands including that Ukraine will never be in NATO. And, then, on 7 January 2022, both America and its NATO alliance formally said no to all of them; and, only then, on 24 February 2022, did Russia invade Ukraine to achieve by military means what the U.S. regime had refused even to consider by diplomatic means and negotiations — America and its NATO refused to negotiate with Russia, regarding what were and still are, for Russia, national-security necessities. They were forcing Russia to invade Ukraine. That’s what they wanted, and they got it.

America started this war. Russia did not.

Another example of Americans’ beliefs being shaped by liars is the current war in Gaza. Israel started this war in 1948 (with a massive ethnic-cleansing of Palestinians in order to bring millions of Jews onto this land); the Gazans did not start it on 7 October 2023 by breaking out of Gaza the world’s largest open-air prison in order to kill Jews in Israel. Israel responded to that Hamas killing of around 1,200, wounding of around 3,400, and taking hostage of 247 Israelis, by a bombing campaign, and siege to destroy hospitals and cut off electricity and food and water to Gazans, in an ethnic cleansing operation by Israel with American weapons, to get rid of the 2.3 million Palestinians who live in that open-air prison, Gaza.

Then, the November 2023 Harvard-Harris-CAPS poll (field dates November 15-16) of 2,851 registered American voters found the following beliefs by Americans, around 40 days afterwards:

pp.58-59

“Do you think the Hamas killing of 1200 Israeli civilians and the kidnapping of another 250 civilians can be justified by the grievances of Palestinians [28%] or is it not justified in any way [72%]?”

“Do you think that the attacks on Jews were genocidal in nature [72%] or not genocidal [28%]?”

p.60

“Do you favor [65%] or oppose [35%] the 14 billion [dollar] aid package to help Israel defeat Hamas?”

So: 72% of the respondents said that the October 7th Hamas attack was “not justified in any way” — not by Israel’s prior ethnic cleansing against Palestinians in 1948 and afterwards, nor by the decades-long imprisonment-without-trial of all Palestinians in Gaza, nor in any other way. And also 72% of the respondents said that the Hamas attack against Israelis was “genocidal” (and the poll didn’t include any question regarding whether Israel’s 75-year-long history of ethnic cleansing against Palestinians, nor the current genocidal campaign against the 2.3 million Gazans, is “genocidal”). So, with these beliefs by Americans (72% of them favoring Israel’s current genocide against Gazans), 65% of Americans are in favor of the U.S. Government’s sending $14 billion to Israel so that Israel’s Jews will be able to complete their genocide against Gazans.

In a ‘democracy’ such as America, it is important to shape the public’s beliefs, so that the ‘democracy’ will continue to exist. This is done by means of lies.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Duran.

Investigative historian Eric Zuesse’s new book, AMERICA’S EMPIRE OF EVIL: Hitler’s Posthumous Victory, and Why the Social Sciences Need to Change, is about how America took over the world after World War II in order to enslave it to U.S.-and-allied billionaires. Their cartels extract the world’s wealth by control of not only their ‘news’ media but the social ‘sciences’ — duping the public. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Kurt Nimmo on Geopolitics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

You are feted by Washington’s most celebrated and powerful and featured as Time magazine’s Man of the Year. You return home in triumph bearing pledges of tens of billions of dollars in support for your war against a feared and hated invader. But a year later, everything looks a lot different with all the backslappers and glad handers curiously unwilling to get together to talk strategy. You are angry and show it, leaving with little more than a lot of promises that you know to be empty. When you get home, you realize that the end is coming. What a difference a year makes Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky!

The decline and fall of Zelensky has been detailed in a lengthy Time magazine article entitled “‘Nobody Believes in Our Victory Like I Do.’ Inside Volodymyr Zelensky’s Struggle to Keep Ukraine in the Fight”, the same journal that was celebrating him over a year ago. The article is extraordinary in terms of what it reveals about the inner workings of the Ukrainian war effort. It was written by Simon Shuster, a Time journalist who covered Zelensky’s visit to Washington and New York in September and then returned with the president back to Ukraine for follow-up interviews and inquiry. Shuster was given extraordinary access both to Zelensky for in depth interviews and to Ukrainian senior officers and other officials and he was able to enter into frank exchanges about what was happening to the country, its army and its government as the war continues well into its second year with winter weather looming and doubts surfacing about NATO and US continuing support for Kiev.

The tale begins with Zelensky’s planned visit to Washington after his stop in New York City to attend the opening of the United Nations General Assembly. Zelensky’s actual message to the General Assembly was not quite so incendiary and impulsive as some of his other interactions while on his visit, but he offered little new. He reportedly received an obligatory “warm welcome” from those in attendance, but “he delivered his address to a half-full house, with many delegations declining to appear and listen to what he had to say.” He warned those present that

“The goal of the present war against Ukraine is to turn our land, our people, our lives, our resources into a weapon against you, against the international rules-based order. We have to stop it. We must act united to defeat the aggressor.”

Zelensky did go overboard when he referred to Russia and Russians as “evil” and as “terrorists” and accused them of carrying out a “genocide” against Ukraine.

Screenshot from Time

Zelensky’s frustrations spilled over in Washington on the following day where he met both with President Joe Biden and with some members of Congress and also dropped by the Pentagon and left flowers at the National 9/11 Pentagon Memorial in Arlington Virginia. But Congressional leaders refused to let Zelensky deliver a public address on Capitol Hill and aides who tried to arrange in-person appearances for him on Fox News and in an interview with Oprah Winfrey were rebuffed. His meeting at the White House with the president did go relatively well with the announcement of a new aid package in the works including “significant air defense capabilities,” and, according to one report, some of the much sought after ATACMS long range missile systems. The White House also presented Zelensky with a list of anti-corruption reforms that were essential for the continuance of US aid, which was less welcome. Nevertheless, in spite of the lip service pledge of continuing support, to his evident disappointment, Zelensky was not given a hero’s welcome like he received last year. He met privately with Kevin McCarthy, speaker of the House, and several other GOP hawks who will be instrumental in approving any aid, as well as with Senators Mitch McConnell and Chuck Schumer who promised to be “in his corner.” McCarthy boldly asked what Zelensky needed to win the war and to provide lawmakers with “a vision of a plan for victory.” Zelensky asked for more weapons and aid and warned that without aid “We will lose!” Nevertheless, it seems that many conservative Republicans and some progressive Democrats were fed up with the war and are concerned over the lack of accountability combined with the all too evident notoriously high level of corruption within the Ukrainian government.

Shuster picks up the narrative at an event in Washington, where Volodymyr Zelensky was running late because the meetings at the White House and the Pentagon had delayed him by more than an hour, and when he finally arrived to begin his speech at the National Archives at 6:41 pm, he was clearly nervous and upset at the delay. His speech was in front of an audience that included congressional leaders and top officials from the Biden Administration. It was the major planned event of the visit, an opportunity to strengthen US support against Russia, but it did not go as planned with the Ukrainian president acting as though he wanted to “get it over with.”

Zelensky later told Shuster that he was experiencing frustration over his inability to convince his audience that Ukraine could win the war against Russia, albeit with considerable help. “Nobody believes in our victory like I do. Nobody,” he said. Making the case “takes all your power, your energy. You understand? It takes so much of everything.” He expanded on his concerns, observing that “The scariest thing is that part of the world got used to the war in Ukraine. Exhaustion with the war rolls along like a wave. You see it in the United States, in Europe. And we see that as soon as they start to get a little tired, it becomes like a show to them: ‘I can’t watch this rerun for the 10th time.’”

Indeed, opinion polls suggest that public support for the Ukraine war is sinking both in the US and in Europe. The highly promoted spring offensive by the Ukrainian Army has produced little in the way of territorial gains coupled with large losses in manpower and materiel. No one, not even Joe Biden, really sees victory just over the horizon, and the outbreak of war in Israel-Gaza means that the world’s attention will now be shifting to what is going on in the Middle East.

Shuster spoke with high level Ukrainian officials, all of whom noted that Zelensky had returned from the US a changed man. One said that he was “Angry” all the time while another member of the inner circle said “Now he walks in, gets the updates, gives the orders, and walks out” and still another described how “Most of all, Zelensky feels betrayed by his Western allies. They have left him without the means to win the war, only the means to survive it.”

This has left a stubborn Zelensky with a by now unrealistic belief that Ukraine can still win the war. One adviser opined that “He deludes himself. We’re out of options. We’re not winning. But try telling him that.” Zelensky flatly refuses to even consider entering into talks with the Russians to end the conflict and will not waver on conceding any Ukrainian territory to Moscow, a deal breaker. Zelensky claims to continue to fight because he honestly believes that if the Russians are not stopped in Ukraine, the war will spread. He told Shuster “I’ve long lived with this fear. A third world war could start in Ukraine, continue in Israel, and move on from there to Asia, and then explode somewhere else.” He thought that that was his core message in Washington: “Help Ukraine stop the war before it spreads, and before it’s too late.”

Zelensky is also facing trouble at home, where severe damage to some infrastructure will make for a miserable Christmas that he will be blamed for. And also there are reports of officers refusing to send their men on the offensive due to lack of weapons and high casualty rates but Zelensky insists the war will continue into the winter in an effort to rally foreign supporters. One adviser commented that even if the weapons flow were to increase “we don’t have the men to use them.” Men are now being drafted in their 40s and 50s and some new conscripts are even older than that being swept up off the street by something like press gangs. Government ministers and generals, including inner circle Minister of Defense Oleksiy Reznikov, who have been perceived as reluctant to prosecute the war or too corrupt have been fired and it is expected that there will be more dismissals as the conflict grows more dismal in winter conditions.

To satisfy Washington by combatting corruption, Zelensky reportedly issued a guideline which was described by a staffer as “Don’t buy anything. Don’t take any vacations. Just sit at your desk, be quiet, and work.” In early October, a top presidential adviser asked Shuster to turn off his recording device so he could speak freely before saying that in spite of the pressure to reform “People are stealing like there’s no tomorrow.” Shuster’s article identifies several other examples of top-level corruption in the Ukrainian government that have not been addressed by the government.

In an effort to turn around the many problems confronting Zelensky, he pulled what he considered to be a shrewd move by contacting Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and suggesting a visit to Israel to express solidarity in the war against Hamas. Netanyahu refused, reportedly saying “The time is not right!” but later changed his mind and Zelensky will be allowed to visit possibly by the end of November. Joe Biden was more forthcoming in a bid to help Ukraine by bundling $60 billion in aid into a package that also included $14.5 billion for Israel in the belief that anything for Israel would certainly fly through Congress with the money for Ukraine attached. As of this writing, the Republicans have sought to separate the two packages of aid and Zelensky told Shuster that he was pessimistic about the matter due to the politics in Washington.

Shuster’s article concludes with

“…faced with the alternative of freezing the war or losing it, Zelensky sees no option but to press on through the winter and beyond. ‘I don’t think Ukraine can allow itself to get tired of war,’ he says. ‘Even if someone gets tired on the inside, a lot of us don’t admit it.’ The President least of all.”

Nevertheless, Zelensky knows exactly what is happening and one suspects he will be pulling the plug and retiring to one of his seven or so estates in Israel, Switzerland, Italy, and Florida where he will establish his bully pulpit and continue to complain that he was stabbed in the back by NATO and Washington. It was a war that should never have been fought in the first place and if Zelensky had been smarter before it began he would have found in Vladimir Putin a man who was willing to deal and who would have made efforts to avoid a war between the two nations that in reality have so much in common.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from TUR

Explosion of Middle East – Only “One Strike Away”

November 21st, 2023 by Karsten Riise

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Close to the border with Lebanon, the town of Kiryat Shmona with 22,000 inhabitants has been attacked by rockets, and the town of Shlomi with 6-7,000 inhabitants plus more than 20 other settlements have been evacuated. Fire is constantly traded. Pressure between Israel and Hezbollah is increasing incrementally every day.

After Hezbollah’s very big and successful air attack on an Israeli army base in northern Israel yesterday (20 Nov 2023), voices are getting louder in Israel to start a war in Lebanon:

“This is the first time in my life that I don’t feel safe in my home,” said Rothem-Nechushtan, 54 years old, who remained at her family’s bed-and-breakfast near the Lebanon border throughout Israel’s 34-day war with Hezbollah in 2006, even after a rocket injured one of her neighbors.

Many Israelis who live near the border say their military can’t end the fighting without assuring them that Hezbollah can’t do to them what Hamas did to Israelis in the south.

Israeli military officials have amplified the pressure on Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to deliver a decisive blow.

military officials say Israel is one deadly Hezbollah strike away from a new war in Lebanon.

See this.

Hezbollah has skillfully put Israel in a logjam.

Never before has Israel accepted attacks on its northern parts without resorting to a big retaliation into Lebanon. This time around, due to the tense situation in the whole Region, the attacks on northern Israel are not big enough to immediately start a war. But Hezbollah creates a relentless political pressure on Israel with these attacks.

Due to Israel’s terror doctrine called Dahiya, there will be huge civilian Lebanese casualties once Israel starts terror-bombing whole neighborhoods of Beirut, like Israel did with the Dahiya neighborhood in Beirut in 2006. Hezbollah and Iran will deeply prefer, that if a war erupts between Hezbollah and Israel, that Israel will appear as the attacker and aggressor. In the same vein, Iran will also prefer, that if a big Regional war ignites, it will be Israel starting it.

And Israel is on the verge of anytime giving Hezbollah and Iran what they want.

Neither Israel nor the USA can handle a big Regional war in the Middle East. If Israel is idiotic to start one, it will destroy Israel.

Netanyahu, as I wrote two days ago (19 Nov, see below), looks like on a path to Victory – but the bridge Netanyahu walks on is getting closer to a break down anytime.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Karsten Riise is a Master of Science (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School and has a university degree in Spanish Culture and Languages from Copenhagen University. He is the former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Mercedes-Benz in Denmark and Sweden.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Towards An End of the War in Ukraine?

November 21st, 2023 by Ahmed Adel

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The conflict in Ukraine will end with Russia acquiring new territories, wrote American columnist Peter Van Buren in an article in The American Conservative. His realistic belief was published only one day after US President Joe Biden’s approval rating was revealed to have plummeted to a 40% low, much of it to do with the disastrous economic situation, partially spurred on by his reckless policy towards Ukraine.

“The terms for resolving the war will be dictated to Kiev as much by Washington as they will be by Moscow, as with Crimea a few years ago. The end will be quite sad; Russia will very likely solidify its hold on Donbas and the Crimea, and achieve new territory to the west approaching Kiev, roughly 20 percent of Ukraine. Ukraine will be forced to set aside its goal of joining NATO even as the U.S. takes a new stand on its western border with Poland,” Buren said.

According to Van Buren, the US framed Ukraine just as it did with other countries it promised it would “not abandon.”  

“‘We have your back’ and ‘we will not abandon you’ join ‘the check’s in the mail’ and ‘I’m from the government and I’m here to help’ among joking faux reassurances. Our proxies seem to end up abandoned and hung out to die,” he said.

It is recalled that NBC previously reported that American and European officials are already discussing with Kiev the possible consequences of peace discussions with Russia, including the broad outlines of what Ukraine may have to give up to reach an agreement. NBC said,

“The discussions are an acknowledgment of the dynamics militarily on the ground in Ukraine and politically in the US and Europe.”

However, since that November 4 report, the same outlet released a poll on November 19 showing that Biden’s approval rating fell to the lowest level during his presidency and reached 40%. The survey added that 57% of respondents do not approve of Biden’s performance as US president.

Additionally, the poll showed that just 33% favour Biden’s foreign policy, an eight-point drop from September, while 62% of voters, including 30% of Democrats, say they are dissatisfied with how the president deals with foreign policy. According to the survey, voters’ opinion was largely influenced by the US president’s approach to resolving the conflict between Israel and Hamas. Biden’s weakened position is most visible among Democrats, most of whom believe Israel has gone too far in its fighting in the Gaza Strip. 

Although the decline is only slight from September, when Biden’s approval rating was at 41%, a key difference is that the shift was among voters aged 18 to 34 in the new survey.  Former US President Donald Trump holds a slight advantage over Biden among voters ages 18 to 34 at 46% — a reversal from past election results and past NBC News polls.

Biden trails the likely Republican candidate for next year’s presidential election for the first time in a hypothetical head-to-head matchup in the NBC News poll as Trump would have support from 46% of registered voters, while Biden gets 44%. In the last poll in September, Biden and Trump were tied at 46% each, while in June, the current president was narrowly ahead of the Republican by 4 points (49% to 45%).

The poll mentions Biden’s policies towards the Israel-Hamas War as a reason for Biden’s declining popularity but completely omits his botched handling of the Ukraine crisis as another reason why Americans are increasingly turning against him, especially after Trump made “guarantees” to help end the war “within 24 hours.”

All positive news reports in Ukraine’s favour have completely evaporated in the aftermath of the much-lauded and anticipation-building counteroffensive completely failed in its objectives, and at an enormous price in terms of manpower and resources, but especially since the outbreak of the Israel-Hamas War on October 7.

Buren explained in his column that Americans are easily distracted “by the greatest propaganda tools ever imagined,” which he says is the media, and only “seem capable of focusing on only one bright shiny object at a time.” He explains that for Americans, wars “must include two clear sides, one good and one pure evil, with one preferably an underdog, daily combat footage which can be obtained without too much danger, and a football game-like progression across a map that is easy to follow. It should not be boring.”

“Ukraine was such a conflict and enjoyed almost a full two-year run. Nevertheless, the fickle attention of America shifted to the Middle East just as things started to look more and more like static WWI trench warfare in Ukraine. It was a hard act to follow, but something always follows nonetheless,” he added.

In effect, Biden gambled his presidential career on defeating Russia via the Ukrainian proxy. Not only did this, as expected, catastrophically fail, but average Americans are now poorer while Washington is geopolitically weaker. Biden’s failure in Ukraine, Trump’s search for a peaceful resolution, and public attention shifting to the Middle East have all contributed to the decline of the president’s approval rating.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on November 16, 2023

***

Pilot warns of airline industry disaster due to COVID-19 Vaccines

By Sally Beck

Captain Shane Murdock says the air industry is ‘poised on the precipice of disaster’. A pilot for more than 40 years and a qualified air accident investigator, he has found official data that back up his claim of impending global catastrophe. He adds: ‘When correlated, the data indicate there is an enormous problem that is having, and will have, a significant impact on aviation safety worldwide. There is enough evidence to be sending out red flags.’

There have been many tragedies this year. Phil Thomas, a young graduate of the Cadiz, Spain, flight training academy, fell ill and died suddenly in April. There were five pilot incapacitations in March including a British Airways pilot who collapsed and died in Cairo, Egypt not long before he was due to fly.

Pilots are super-fit, so why are so many dying suddenly or collapsing? Cpt Murdock concludes they are suffering severe adverse reactions to the Covid-19 vaccinations, which has myocarditis (heart inflammation), brain fog, insomnia, blood clots and anaphylaxis as side effects.

He thinks some pilots are ticking timebombs and claims many are not declaring ill-health. He said: ‘They are not reporting brain fog, heart flutters and dizzy spells because they don’t want to lose their jobs.’

Aviators have comprehensive annual health checks, or six-monthly if they have been ill. Rules state they can pass only with a less than 1 per cent chance of suffering an illness that could incapacitate them.

How are they passing medicals if they are suffering serious adverse reactions? Last year the global aviation regulator, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), changed the electrocardiogram (ECG) markers that measure the ‘PR interval’. This is the time it takes for an electrical impulse to travel from one part of heart to another and is an indicator of heart health. The new limit is 50 per cent longer than the previous limit, and means that if a pilot has developed a heart condition, it could slip past.

It was November 15, 2020, when Australian airlines mandated Covid-19 vaccines for 900 pilots, and all air and ground crew. Pfizer, AstraZeneca, and Moderna were available in Australia.

Today is the third anniversary of that mandate and Cpt Murdock is one of 12 pilots who refused. He was sacked of course, accused of serious professional misconduct, a charge generally reserved for inappropriate sexual behaviour or reckless and dangerous behaviour.

Mr Murdock, 60, who lives near Sydney, Australia, flew as Captain for Virgin Australia for 20 years, and has held a licence since 1984. He also has an MSc in Aviation Human Factors, the science behind how humans interface with machines. He said: ‘Somewhere on the international network daily, you will find a plane has been turned back because of a health emergency. Either a passenger health emergency or crew health emergency.’

When pilots put out a mayday radio call to air traffic control, it is nicknamed a ‘squawk’. They use the code 7700 for all mayday calls which are reserved for serious incidents like pilot incapacitation or an uncontained fire on board. Few scenarios warrant a mayday; passengers and crew must face genuine peril.

There has been an unprecedented rise in the numbers of mayday calls as tracked by a bot set up by the X account @GCFlightAlerts. It posts when a pilot squawks 7700 anywhere in the world.

Between 2018, and 2019, the mayday average was 29.1 per cent of all distress calls. During 2022, mayday calls increased by 272 per cent. In the first three months of 2023, the increase was 386 per cent. The graph shows there was an instant, steep increase when the vaccines were mandated to pilots.

The average age of death in Australia during the pandemic was 85.3 years. The figures did not justify mandating vaccination to healthy, fit, pilots and implementing a no jab, no job policy. It even violated their own guidance: according to FAA rules, no pilot is allowed to take any type of medicine unless it has been approved and in use in the general population for 12 months. Pilots are forbidden to take part in drug trials and all Covid-19 vaccines were allowed under emergency use authorisation. The final phase of the trial finishes this year.

Cpt Murdock also looked at the number of multi-crew licenses issued by Australia’s regulator, the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA). They have the authority to impose restrictions on Airline Transport Pilot’s Licenses (APTL). A multi-crew license restricts pilots to operating with multiple crew members and is issued when their medical status shows a possibility that they may become incapacitated whilst flying. CASA monitors and administers medical certification and licensing for all Australian pilots. Freedom of information data shows there has been an unprecedented increase of 126 per cent on limitations.

You would think this would prompt a major review by CASA, but they will do nothing while Australia’s drug watchdog, the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA), still endorse Covid-19 vaccination for all. It is a revolving door avoiding responsibility that is familiar to those of us investigating vaccine issues.

Cpt Murdock thinks lack of action can have only one result, and bear in mind we have seen many planes make emergency landings because of pilot incapacitations. He is unequivocal and said: ‘Disasters will occur and both aircrew and the traveling public will die unnecessarily.’

***

Comments by Dr. William Makis 

I reported the pilot deaths and incapacitations that are mentioned in this article.

I have a very thorough record of pilot incapacitations and deaths inflight for 2023, that I have been tracking on my substack and once we have enough data, I will be releasing comparisons of 2022 and 2023 pilot incapacitations, compared to the pre COVID-19 vaccine years.

Squawk codes are four-digit numbers used for communication between aircraft and air traffic control, allowing efficient communication during various situations related to safety and emergencies.

Squawk 7700 is an emergency code that indicates a serious issue onboard the aircraft. It may be due to technical, environmental or medical issues that results in an emergency situation.

It can be input by pilots or instructed by ATC, and it alerts controllers and ground crew to prepare for the arrival of the aircraft.

Other reserved squawk codes include 7500 for hijack situations and 7600 for lost communication with ATC. These codes provide easy notification to anyone monitoring the aircraft and allow ATC to provide the necessary assistance and priority services.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on May 5, 2023

*** 

On November 22nd, 1963, JFK was assassinated while in a motorcade passing through Dealey Plaza in downtown Dallas, Texas. 

On November 22, 2023 we commemorate the passing of JFK, 60 years ago. His Legacy Will Live 

***

We have been warned decades ago by US President John F. Kennedy who gave a speech on the dangers the globalists pose to us all before the American Newspaper Publishers Association on April 27, 1961:

It requires a change in outlook, a change in tactics, a change in missions–by the government, by the people, by every businessman or labor leader, and by every newspaper. For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations.

Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed. It conducts the Cold War, in short, with a wartime discipline no democracy would ever hope or wish to match

On November 22nd, 1963, JFK was assassinated while in a motorcade passing through Dealey Plaza in downtown Dallas, Texas. 

Today, the governments of the US, EU and Israel are experiencing a global revolution against their “rules-based order” and are struggling to remain the unipolar hegemonic power thus by creating a censorship regime to keep important information hidden from the public in order to continue their regime change wars, interfere in foreign elections, coordinate political assassinations, to imposing crippling economic sanctions against their adversaries.  The “monolithic and ruthless conspiracy” that JFK spoke about has come true in various forms since his groundbreaking speech, but one thing I would like to mention is that there is hope, there is a world-wide awakening taking place and the Globalists are very concerned.

The US and Its New World Disorder

Since 1776, the US government had waged brutal wars on the indigenous populations as part of their expansionist goals in North America.  Then after World War I, they invaded many Latin American nations in South and Central America, the Caribbean, and parts of Asia.  Since the end of World War II where parts of Europe and Asia including the Soviet Union and China (who was invaded by Imperial Japan) were rebuilding their societies from the destruction left by the war, so the US jumped on the opportunity to become an aggressive imperialist power. US President Dwight D, Eisenhower had warned the public before JFK on the rising power of the Military-Industrial Complex that became an important element to the Globalist power structure, especially after they dropped atomic bombs unnecessarily on the city’s of Hiroshima and Nagasaki of Imperial Japan killing hundreds of thousands of mostly Japanese civilians to demonstrate to the world that they are willing to do anything, including having the will to kill innocent people to advance its goals.

JFK said that the US war machine combined its “military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations” and launched numerous wars in Asia, Latin America, the Caribbean and elsewhere that included

Korea (1950-1953), Vietnam (1955-1975), Cuba (1961),

The Dominican Republic (1965-1966), Cambodia (1970), Laos (1959-1975),

Grenada (1983), El Salvador (1981-1992), Panama (1989-1990), Nicaragua (1981-1990),

Haiti (1994-1995), Serbia (1998-1999) and so on.

In the Middle East and Africa, the US, NATO and Israel have also been involved in numerous conflicts in

Angola (1974-1975), Iran (since 1979), Libya (1986, 2011), Iraq (1990 to Present), Afghanistan (2001-2021), Yemen (2002-Present), Somalia (2007-Present), and of course, Syria (2014-Present). 

[It is also important to note that the war on Palestine has been ongoing with the US and European Union’s support of Israel since 1948.]

Currently, the US and its partners in crime are involved in a proxy war against Russia with their full support for Ukraine and soon they will be aiming their guns at China.  US forces are still occupying Iraq and are stealing oil from Syria.  In Latin America, US operatives are most likely planning future regime change operations in Venezuela, Nicaragua and elsewhere with non-government organizations (NGOs) (but are funded by the US government) such as the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) and the National Democratic Institute for International Affairs (NDI).  The US has also imposed harsh economic sanctions on Russia, Syria, Iran, Venezuela, Cuba. North Korea where in some cases, causing devastating consequences in an attempt to purposely destroy their economies since they are on Washington’s hit list.    

Meanwhile, Western powers and their Globalist agendas has hit a brick wall according to Russian President, Vladimir Putin who gave a speech at the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos, Switzerland on January 27th, 2021, on the state of the rules-based order charade and it was significant, but of course, the US and European mainstream media barely mentioned anything about It. Putin said that “the era linked with attempts to build a centralized and unipolar world order has ended. To be honest, this era did not even begin.”  Putin spoke about the Western monopoly of power that was contrary to the world’s cultures and diversity, “The essence of this monopoly ran counter to our civilization’s cultural and historical diversity” he continued “The reality is such that really different development centers with their distinctive models, political systems and public institutions have taken shape in the world.”

However, the globalists are not giving up on their hidden agendas and will do everything they can to hide the truth from the public and that’s where the censorship regime comes in.         

“Dissenters are silenced, not praised” … The Censorship Regime in America

Censorship is a worldwide problem, there is no doubt about that, but the “beacon of freedom” is the biggest hypocrite on the block when it comes to censoring the truth.  Here is a good example, when the groundbreaking Dark Alliance series was published by investigative journalist, Gary Webb about the CIA and the origins of the crack epidemic that began on the streets of Los Angeles and the profits it made to fund an illegal war to support the Contras, a US-backed terrorist organization against the Sandinista government in Nicaragua, the US government began a campaign to destroy Webb’s credibility and eventually his life.  One other important part of the story is that the CIA also sold weapons to Iran in secret as a second stream of cash to continue their illegal war which is formally known as the Iran-Contra Affair. However, Webb worked for the San Jose Mercury Sun and exposed the CIA-backed operation that was funded from the drug profits they made from the crack cocaine that was first sold on the streets of Los Angeles which had destroyed the African American community in the process.  In 2004, Webb apparently committed suicide with two bullets to his head although some people, including myself, believe that he was murdered

Since then, the censorship regime went full speed ahead silencing alternative news websites, and prominent journalists with help from Big Tech companies that includes YouTube, Facebook, Google, Twitter, and others. 

Before Big Tech began censoring online information, Julian Assange and Edward Snowden were targeted by Washington for exposing Western foreign and domestic crimes and they themselves were censored and charged for various crimes.  Now, the Pulitzer prize winning journalist, Seymour Hersh is also being censored for his reporting on the US-Norway terrorist attack on Russia’s Nord Stream gas pipelines and recently, the US Department of Justice (DOJ) indicted four African American activists who are members of the African People’s Socialist Party (APSP) and the Uhuru Movement who are accused of collaborating with Russian intelligence to somehow influence elections in the US.

The latest victim of censorship is Tucker Carlson, whether you agree with him or not, he just got fired over at FOX news for most likely reporting on the dangers of Covid-19 vaccines and the war in Ukraine, regardless, all of these people have one thing in common, they all did their jobs as journalists, whistleblowers or just activists speaking their mind, all told the truth, and truth is the enemy of the corrupt state.  In the US, The RESTRICT Act (S. 686), which is sponsored by a Democrat Senator from Virginia, Mark Warner which threatens anyone who accesses blacklisted websites through virtual private networks (VPNs) which creates private connections between computers and phones to the internet will face up to 20 years in prison or a $250,000 fine is currently being discussed by Washington’s political establishment. If that is not the most extreme bill on censorship, I don’t know what is.

The US political establishment claims that they are the beacon of freedom and democracy, however, they are currently leading the world in censoring journalists, foreign media outlets such as RT news, Press TV, and others.  In the latest annual report on press freedoms conducted by Reporters without Borders (RSF) who is known for biased-reporting ranked the US at number 45 for press freedoms, but it should place the US and its big Tech censorship monopoly at least 50 notches down to number 95 on the list for committing one of the worst assaults on foreign and domestic media networks and journalists in modern history. 

The US is at a crossroads with its waning political and economic power in this new geopolitical landscape. US and European banking cartels including the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the mainstream media, the Military-Industrial Complex, Big Pharma, Big Tech, and Big Oil all have a role in censoring the truth because they do not want the public to know what’s behind their agenda when it comes to regime change, starting new wars, to creating and arming terrorists (ISIS and AL Qaeda), to promoting deadly vaccines and the list goes on. 

The endless lies promoted by Western powers and Israel are now facing a backlash by the global community and that’s why they are racing to censure anyone who dares to tell the truth about their hidden agendas.  April 27th, 1961 is the day JFK warned us, and as of today, his warnings still hold true.   

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Timothy Alexander Guzman writes on his own blog site, Silent Crow News, where this article was originally published. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Alexander Grushko said on Monday that his country will respond in accordance with its national interests if Finland closes the entirety of their joint border like the Finnish Interior Minister threatened to do last week. In the intervening days, the EU said that it’s ready to send forces to that frontier, Finland gassed a group of border crossers, and it also deployed soldiers there too. Taken together, Finland is clearly hellbent on positioning itself as a frontline NATO state against Russia.

It was assessed in summer 2022 that “NATO’s Northern Expansion Isn’t A Major Defeat For Russia” like the Mainstream Media misportrayed it as being and then earlier this spring that “Finland’s Membership In NATO Is More Symbolically Important Than Militarily”. Those conclusions reflected the state of military-strategic affairs at the time, but seeing as how the latter are changing as a result of Finland hyping up an alleged migrant crisis with Russia, so too should those assessments change accordingly.

The latest dynamics suggest that NATO is conspiring to place more pressure on Russia along the bloc’s new Finnish member’s frontier, which is intended to provoke reciprocal military moves that can then be decontextualized as so-called “unprovoked aggression” for justifying a self-sustaining cycle of escalation. It’s unclear how far and fast everything can move, but this seems to be the intent, which importantly comes amidst the bloc rethinking its proxy war on Russia through Ukraine.

This summer’s counteroffensive failed, Russia won the “race of logistics”/“war of attrition” with NATO, and that bloc’s former Supreme Commander recently argued for a Korean-like armistice, all of which is happening against the backdrop of the West reportedly pressuring Kiev to recommence peace talks. In the event that this proxy war freezes, then there’s a certain logic inherent in replacing some of this lost pressure upon Russia via the opening of other fronts like the Finnish one.

Granted, the “mutually assured destruction” (MAD) between NATO and Russia places very real limits on how much pressure can be exerted along this newfound front, but still opening it might be deemed by the bloc’s decision-makers to be better than keeping it closed in that scenario. In other words, “where one door closes, another opens”, or to be more direct, the end of NATO’s proxy war on Russia via Ukraine could lead to the opening of a less high-stakes but still destabilizing front in Finland.

This outcome would also serve the supplementary purpose of being exploited by the Mainstream Media as the “publicly plausible” pretext for accelerating the Arctic’s militarization. This “final frontier” of the New Cold War is poised to soon be a theater of competition between the US-led West’s Golden Billion and the Sino-Russo Entente due to the Northern Sea Route’s growing role in facilitating East-West trade. Considering this, hyping up the Finnish front like NATO is already doing “kills two birds with one stone”.

The case can thus be made that NATO has concluded that its hegemonic zero-sum interests are best advanced by opening up a “controlled” Finnish front against Russia, which could compensate for the partial closing of the Ukrainian one and push the bloc’s Arctic interests at the same time. For these reasons, Russian-Finnish tensions are expected to further worsen, and all moves that Russia makes in defense of its legitimate interests will be spun as “unprovoked aggression” to speed up these processes.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

For English subtitles.  

click cc on Youtube screen, then enter settings * and click Subtitles/CC and then select Auto-translate, and then Select English or another language in the drop down menu  

***

“Light and Shadow of the ‘New Coronavirus Vaccine” produced by Japan’s CBC Network (Chubu-Nippon Broadcasting).

It offers a two-year documentary record featuring close interviews with families who lost their loved ones after vaccination and patients experiencing “vaccine after effects.”

The documentary includes interviews with representatives from the Ministry of Health, as well as perspectives from local government authorities on the topic of vaccination side effects.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Our thanks to Dr. William Makis for bringing this documentary to our attention.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video


The 2020-22 Worldwide Corona Crisis: Destroying Civil Society, Engineered Economic Depression, Global Coup d’État and the “Great Reset”

My thanks to the Publisher and to the translator Tatsuo Iwana.

序文

「地獄は空っぽで、悪魔は皆ここにいる」(『テンペスト』ウィリアム・シェイクスピア)

私たちは、非常に複雑なプロセスを扱っています。この2年間、私はほぼ毎日、新型コロナウイルス感染症の危機の時系列と展開を分析してきました。

2020年1月の当初から、世界の人々は、急速に進行する危険な伝染病の存在を信じるように、そして受け入れるように仕向けられました。メディアの偽情報は、新型コロナウイルス感染症のシナリオを維持するために役立ちました。

この文章を書いている時点でも、多くの国で抗議運動が勃発しています。2020年1月の当初から、新型コロナウイルス感染症(Covid-19)対策としてロックダウン(都市封鎖)、マスク着用、社会的距離政策(ソーシャルディスタンス)、基本的人権の抑圧を含む政策命令の正当性を維持するために、科学を装った嘘と虚偽が使用されてきました。

財界が支配する意思決定プロセスは極めて複雑です。民主主義を蝕む「全世界統治」の構図が展開されています。同様の指示は、多くの国の腐敗した政治家にも同時に伝わっています。国連システム全体が、この極悪非道な試みの実行に加担しているのです。

パンデミックは2020年3月11日に発表されました。同日、国連の193の加盟国にロックダウン(都市封鎖)の指示が送信され、基本的に「ウイルス対策」の手段として国家経済の(一部)閉鎖を要求しました。

世界中の70億人以上の人々が、コロナ危機と、道徳的に堕落した各国政府が実施する破壊的な指令によって、直接的または間接的に影響を受けています。

世界中で、恐怖をあおる政策が蔓延しています。

2020年後半からは、世界中の人々は巨大製薬会社の新型コロナウイルス感染症ワクチン注射が「解決策」であると信じ込まされました。そして、地球上の全人類が数回の接種を完全に受ければ、「正常」が回復すると信じ込まされました。

通常であれば開発に何年もかかるはずの新型ウイルスSARS-CoV-2のワクチンが、2020年11月初旬に速やかに発売されたのはなぜでしょうか。 ファイザーを筆頭に巨大製薬会社が発表したmRNAワクチンは、ヒトゲノムに関わる遺伝子編集mRNAの実験技術に基づくものです。1

マウスやフェレットを使った標準的な動物実験は行われたのでしょうか?それともファイザーは、「そのまま人間の “モルモット “を使ったのでしょうか?ヒトでの試験は、2020年7月下旬から8月上旬にかけて開始されました。2 「新しいワクチンのテストに3カ月というのは前代未聞です。数年が普通です。」3

新型コロナウイルス感染症ワクチン・プロジェクトは利益追求型です。巨大製薬会社の利益に奉仕する腐敗した政治家たちによって支えられています。これは、世界史上最大のワクチン接種プログラムであり、地球上の全人口(79億人)に(数回に分けて)注射することを目的としています。

mRNAワクチンを打ったことで、結果的に死亡率と疾病率は世界的に上昇しています。その証拠は文書としても十分整っています

本書の概要説明 

第1章では、恐怖をあおる政策、市民社会の意図的な不安定化、メディアの宣伝活動の陰湿な役割に焦点を当てます。

第2章では、新型コロナウイルス感染症の危機の歴史を詳細に振り返り、主な出来事を時系列で検証します。

第3章では、SARS-CoV-2ウイルスの性質と、欠陥のある逆転写ポリメラーゼ連鎖反応(RT-PCR)検査に焦点を当てます。このPCR検査は、当初から各国政府が社会的に抑圧的な政策命令を正当化する目的で「偽データ」を作るために、行われた検査です。

第4章と第5章では、世界的な貧困化と、大富豪の億万長者に有利な富の再分配を含む、この危機の経済的・社会的影響を幅広く検証しています。経済的混乱は、世界史上最も深刻な世界的債務危機の引き金となりました。

第6章では、自殺や薬物乱用の増加など、精神衛生に対するロックダウン政策の破壊的な影響について、検討します。

第7章で検証する巨大製薬会社のワクチン接種プログラムは、2019年末に武漢で新型コロナウイルスが発生したとされる数カ月前にすでに考えられていました。この章では、「殺人ワクチン」(ぴったりの表現)を再調査します。 この章の後半では、ID2020デジタル・アイデンティティ・プロジェクトと、いわゆるワクチン・パスポートの押し付けに焦点を当てます。

第8章では、詐欺と判明した2009年のH1N1豚インフルエンザのパンデミックの状況を振り返ります。これは、本番前の「舞台稽古」だったのでしょうか。

第9章では、「表現の自由の剥奪」と、抗議運動を抑圧し、社会的体制服従(コンプライアンス)を確保するために用いられた権威主義的な政策に焦点を当てます。

第10章は、「人道に対する罪」と「ニュルンベルク綱領」に焦点を当てます。

第11章は、世界経済フォーラムが提案する「世界全体の初期化」を分析します。この提案は、もし採択されれば、全世界統治のシステムを確立し、福祉国家を廃止し、貧困に苦しむ国民に大規模な緊縮財政を課すというものです。世界経済フォーラムの「世界全体の初期化」の公式の標章は、「何も持たず、幸せになろう」です。

第12章は「これからの道」と題されています。「『コロナを利用した専制政治』に反対する世界的な運動の構築」と題したこの章では、金融エリート、巨大製薬会社などの正当性、および国家レベルの腐敗した政治権力に強力に挑戦する世界的な運動の輪郭を描いています。

本書の方法論について一言述べます。私たちの目的は、以下のような慎重な分析を通じて「大きな嘘」を反証することです。

  • 正確なデータ、概念、定義を用いて新型コロナウイルス感染症の危機を歴史的に概観する。
  • 公式文書や査読付き報告書から引用します。多数の出典と参考文献を提示する。
  • 「公式」データ、「公式」推定値、「公式」定義を科学的に分析し、詳細な再調査を行う。
  • WHOの「ガイドライン」や政府の政策が経済、社会、公衆衛生に与える影響を分析する。

私の著者としての目的は、世界中の人々に情報を提供し、通説に反論することです。その通説は、国全体の経済・社会構造を不安定にする口実や正当化の手段として使われ、「命取りの」コロナ「ワクチン」の押し付けがそれに続きました。

この危機は、79億人の人類全体に影響を及ぼしています。私たちは、世界中の同胞と連帯しています。真実は強力な道具です。

ミシェル・チョスドフスキー

グローバルリサーチ、2022年2月

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On November 22, 2023, we commemorate the assassination of J.F.K. 60 years ago on November 22, 1963

*** 

Comments by Robert F. Kennedy Jr.

Comments by Michel Chossudovsky

Below are excerpts (scroll down) from the article in the NYT regarding Secret Service Agent Paul Landis‘ Revelation 60 years later on the assassination of JFK. This is a political bombshell. 

After 60 years of silence, Secret Service agent Paul Landis’ revelation confirms that on November 22, 1963 there was a Second Shooter besides the late Lee Harvey Oswald, who was assassinated two days later on November 24th, 1963. 
 .
Paul Landis now confirms that the bullet that hit JFK, did not hit Texas Governor John B. Connally who was seriously wounded during the shootings:
.

“Landis told the Times that after Kennedy was shot, he was the one who retrieved the so-called “magic bullet” and explained the chaotic scene that gave him the opportunity.

There was nobody there to secure the scene, and that was a big, big bother to me. All the agents that were there were focused on the president.

 A crowd was gathering. This was all going on so quickly. And I was just afraid that — it was a piece of evidence, that I realized right away. Very important. And I didn’t want it to disappear or get lost. So it was, “Paul, you’ve got to make a decision,” and I grabbed it.”  (NYT, emphasis added)
.
What this means is that the central thesis of the Warren Commission cover up—i.e. that one “magic bullet” hit both JFK and Connally—is an outright lie. 
 .
The lie has now been exposed. Will the truth pertaining to the death of John F. Kennedy prevail? Or will Peter Landis’ revelation be challenged and “refuted”.
.
This revelation has opened a Pandora’s Box, which potentially threatens the legitimacy of  the “NeoCon agenda”. 
.
What will be the response of the corporate media? The legal and political implications of this revelation are far-reaching. It affects our understanding of American history.
.
How will U.S. politicians and the broader public respond? Or will Paul Landis’ revelation be “swept under the rug”. No questions asked.
.

Of significance, the lie pertaining to the “magic bullet” was revealed in the NYT by Paul Landis two days prior to September 11, 2023 –i.e. on the day people in America and around the World are commemorating the 9/11 attacks, which ALSO constitute a Big Lie and a crime against humanity. Is there a historical continuum? Should we not be “connecting the dots”?  

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 11, 2023

 

For further details and incisive analysis as well as RFK Jr.’s response see: 

JFK Assassination Witness Breaks 60-Year Silence and Blows Up Key Government Claim Regarding the President’s Death – Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Responds

By Cullen Linebarger, September 11, 2023

 

***

Our thanks to the NYT for having brought this article to our attention.

J.F.K. Assassination Witness Breaks His Silence and Raises New Questions

by Peter Baker

“The account of Paul Landis, one of the Secret Service agents just feet away from John F. Kennedy when he was struck down, could change the understanding of what happened in Dallas in 1963.”

New York Times, September 9, 2023

Excerpts. Click here to read the full NYT article.

He still remembers the first gunshot. For an instant, standing on the running board of the motorcade car, he entertained the vain hope that maybe it was just a firecracker or a blown tire. But he knew guns and he knew better. Then came another shot. And another. And the president slumped down.

For so many nights afterward, he relived that grisly moment in his dreams. Now, 60 years later, Paul Landis, one of the Secret Service agents just feet away from President John F. Kennedy on that fateful day in Dallas, is telling his story in full for the first time. And in at least one key respect, his account differs from the official version in a way that may change the understanding of what happened in Dealey Plaza.

… As it turns out, if his recollections are correct, the much-discussed “magic bullet” may not have been so magic after all.

His memory challenges the theory advanced by the Warren Commission that has been the subject of so much speculation and debate over the years — that one of the bullets fired at the president’s limousine hit not only Kennedy but Gov. John B. Connally Jr. of Texas, who was riding with him, in multiple places.

Mr. Landis’s account, included in a forthcoming memoir, would rewrite the narrative of one of modern American history’s most earth-shattering days in an important way. It may not mean any more than that. But it could also encourage those who have long suspected that there was more than one gunman in Dallas on Nov. 22, 1963, adding new grist to one of the nation’s enduring mysteries.

…. But he was there, a firsthand witness, and it is rare for new testimony to emerge six decades after the fact. He has never subscribed to the conspiracy theories and stresses that he is not promoting one now. At age 88, he said, all he wants is to tell what he saw and what he did. He will leave it to everyone else to draw conclusions.

“There’s no goal at this point,” he said in an interview last month in Cleveland, the first time he has talked about this with a reporter in advance of his book, “The Final Witness,” which will be published by Chicago Review Press on Oct. 10. “I just think it had been long enough that I needed to tell my story.” (NYT, emphasis added)

Click here to read the full NYT article.

Peter Baker, who has covered the past five presidents, reported from Cleveland, where he interviewed Paul Landis.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from DNyuz

Argentina: encender la luz ante la oscuridad que avanza

November 21st, 2023 by Javier Tolcachier

Social Media Influencers Are Dying Mostly of Cardiac Arrests and Destroyed Immune Systems

By Dr. William Makis, November 20, 2023

22 year old Isis Freitas, model and actress was rushed to the Hospital but could not be saved and she died on Nov. 12, 2023, rumors are she died of tuberculosis?

Fake January 6 “Insurrection”: J6 Footage Shows Capitol Police May Have Incited Riot by Firing Munitions Into Peaceful Crowd

By Zero Hedge, November 20, 2023

House Speaker Mike Johnson has released over 40,000 hours of January 6 footage including capitol police body cam footage to the public in the interests of transparency, an action which should have been taken years ago. Each new piece of footage only confirms what many Americans already understood.

Read Anne Boyer’s Extraordinary New York Times Resignation Letter

By Anne Boyer, November 21, 2023

The Israeli state’s U.S-backed war against the people of Gaza is not a war for anyone. There is no safety in it or from it, not for Israel, not for the United States or Europe, and especially not for the many Jewish people slandered by those who claim falsely to fight in their names. Its only profit is the deadly profit of oil interests and weapon manufacturers.

Five Nations Call for ICC Investigation Into ‘Israel’s’ Genocide in Gaza

By Al Mayadeen, November 21, 2023

As confirmed by ICC chief prosecutor Karim Khan, the nations are South Africa, Bangladesh, Bolivia, Comoros, and Djibouti, which are all ICC members. In a statement, Khan said an investigation into Gaza and the occupied West Bank has already started in March 2021 and now “extends to the escalation of hostilities and violence since the attacks that took place on October 2023.”

Were the Biblical Prophets Anti-Semitic?

By Prof Michael Hudson, November 20, 2023

If the prophets of ancient Israel such as Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, Malachi and Amos were alive today, Benjamin Netanyahu would accuse them of anti-Semitism for daring to describe his government as a travesty of what the Mosaic covenant was all about.

Rigging Avian Ballots: New Zealand’s Bird of the Century Competition

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, November 20, 2023

Recently, mild tempers were stirred by what could be regarded as a form of ballot interference, this time regarding the vote for the country’s most famous Bird of the Year competition. On this occasion, the competition, run by the conservation group Forest and Bird since 2005, had an elevated importance, being badged as a vote to identify New Zealand’s Bird of the Century.

Legal Challenge to U.S. Government’s Endorsement of Genocide. California District Court “Complaint” Against Biden, Austin and Blinken

By J. B. Gerald, November 20, 2023

On November 13th in the northern district of California the Center for Constitutional Rights brought suit against U.S. President Joseph Biden, Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin and Secretary of State Antony Blinken, to charge them with failure to prevent genocide and complicity in the genocide of Palestinians in Gaza.

From Darkness to Light. Humanity’s Will to Survive Is a Gift of Evolution

By Dr. Rudolf Hänsel, November 20, 2023

In the dark season, the longing for light is very great, as darkness can have a strong effect on the human mind. Night and darkness are not things that bring people joy. This metaphor of light from the Bible can also be applied to dark socio-political times: the longing for a bright future for society as a whole grows stronger from day to day.

Study Reveals More Than Half of COVID-19 Vaccinated Feel Sick a Year Later

By Naveen Athrappully, November 20, 2023

The study, published at ScienceDirect on Nov. 10, examined potential post-COVID-19 vaccination syndrome (PCVS) among vaccinated individuals and assessed their quality of life (QoL). The study was conducted among adults aged 18 and above from India who had received either Bharat Biotech’s COVAXIN or the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccines.

EU Countries Bought More Than €6 Billion in Russian LNG in 2023, Failure of West’s Sanctions Regime

By Ahmed Adel, November 20, 2023

Countries such as Estonia, Lithuania, France, Spain, and others purchased Russian liquefied natural gas despite intentions to abandon the purchase of this fuel. This once again demonstrates Europe’s energy course cannot be independent of Russia, rendering the sanctions more ridiculous, especially since Moscow has overcome them.